Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark one)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                      

Commission file number 333-123708

 

 

COOPER-STANDARD HOLDINGS INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   20-1945088

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

39550 Orchard Hill Place Drive

Novi, Michigan 48375

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(248) 596-5900

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The number of the registrant’s shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding as of March 24, 2009 was 3,479,100 shares.

The registrant’s common stock is not publicly traded.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
PART I
Item 1.    Business    3
Item 1A.    Risk Factors    15
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments    22
Item 2.    Properties    23
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings    24
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    24
PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    25
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data    25
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    27
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    48
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    51
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    101
Item 9A(T).    Controls and Procedures    102
Item 9B.    Other Information    102
PART III
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    103
Item 11.    Executive Compensation    107
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    138
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence    139
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    139
PART IV
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    140
Signatures    146
Supplemental Information    147


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

The terms the “Company,” “Cooper-Standard,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this Form 10-K refer to Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.

General:

Cooper-Standard is a leading manufacturer of fluid handling, body sealing, and noise, vibration and harshness control (“NVH”) components, systems, subsystems, and modules, primarily for use in passenger vehicles and light trucks for global original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and replacement markets. The Company conducts substantially all of its activities through its subsidiaries. The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 39550 Orchard Hill Place Drive, Novi, Michigan 48375, and its telephone number is (248) 596-5900. Additional information is available at our website at www.cooperstandard.com, which is not a part of this Form 10-K.

We believe that we are the largest global producer of body sealing systems, one of the two largest North American producers in the NVH control business, and the second largest global producer of the types of fluid handling products that we manufacture. We design and manufacture our products in each major region of the world through a disciplined and consistent approach to engineering and production. The Company operates in 68 manufacturing locations and ten design, engineering, and administrative locations in 18 countries around the world.

The Company’s principal shareholders are affiliates of The Cypress Group L.L.C. and GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., whom we refer to as our “Sponsors.” Each of the Sponsors, including their respective affiliates, currently owns approximately 49.3% of the equity of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. See “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”.

Approximately 76% of our sales in 2008 were to automotive original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), including Ford, General Motors, Chrysler (collectively, the “Detroit 3”), Audi, BMW, Fiat, Honda, Mercedes Benz, Porsche, PSA Peugeot Citroën, Renault/Nissan, Toyota, and Volkswagen. The remaining 24% of our 2008 sales were primarily to Tier I and Tier II automotive suppliers. In 2008, our products were found in 22 of the 25 top-selling models in North America and in 24 of the 25 top-selling models in Europe.

Some market data and other statistical information used throughout this Form 10-K is based on data available from CSM Worldwide, an independent market research firm. Other data are based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as third party sources. Although we believe all of these third party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness. To the extent that we have been unable to obtain information from third party sources, we have expressed our belief on the basis of our own internal analyses and estimates of our and our competitors’ products and capabilities.

Acquisition History

On December 23, 2004, Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. acquired the automotive segment of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company (the “2004 Acquisition”) and began operating the business on a stand-alone basis primarily through its principal operating subsidiary, Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Notes 8 and 17, respectively) for further information concerning financing and equity contributions relating to the 2004 Acquisition.

In July 2005, the Company acquired Gates Corporation’s Enfriamientos de Automoviles manufacturing operations in Atlacomulco, Mexico (the “Atlacomulco business”). The Atlacomulco business manufactures low pressure heating and cooling hose, principally for the OEM automotive market.

In February 2006, the Company acquired the automotive fluid handling systems business of ITT Industries, Inc. (“FHS” or the “FHS business”). See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Note 3).

 

3


Table of Contents

In March 2007, the Company acquired Automotive Components Holdings’ El Jarudo manufacturing operations located in Juarez, Mexico (the “El Jarudo business”). The El Jarudo business manufactures automotive fuel rails.

In August 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of nine Metzeler Automotive Profile Systems sealing systems operations in Germany, Italy, Poland, Belarus, and Belgium, and a joint venture interest in China (“MAPS” or the “MAPS business”) from Automotive Sealing Systems S.A. (“ASSSA”). See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Note 3).

In December 2007, the Company acquired the 74% joint venture interest of ASSSA in Metzeler Automotive Profiles India Private Limited (“MAP India”), a leading manufacturer of automotive sealing products in India. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Note 3).

Business Environment and Industry Trends:

During 2008, our revenues were adversely affected by a significant decline in worldwide automotive production levels, particularly during the second half of the year. Production volumes during the first half of the year were relatively stable. During the second half of 2008, however, overall negative macroeconomic conditions, including disruptions in the financial markets, led to severe declines in consumer confidence which significantly impacted the demand for, and production of, passenger cars and light trucks.

A number of key industry developments and trends have coincided with, or resulted in whole or in part from, these negative macroeconomic conditions. These developments and trends include:

 

 

A deterioration in the financial condition of certain of our customers which has caused them to implement restructuring initiatives, including in some cases significant capacity reductions and/or reorganization under bankruptcy laws. In certain cases, our customers have asked for and received financial assistance from government sources. Their ability to obtain further assistance to the extent necessary is unknown and creates additional uncertainty.

 

 

A decline in market share, significant production cuts and permanent capacity reductions by some of our largest customers, including the Detroit 3.

 

 

Continuing pricing pressures from OEMs.

 

 

Growing concerns over the economic viability of certain of our suppliers whose financial stability, access to credit and liquidity is uncertain due to negative macroeconomic conditions and industry conditions.

 

 

A shift in consumer preference and vehicle production mix, particularly in North America, from sport utility vehicles and light trucks to more fuel efficient vehicles, cross-over utility vehicles and passenger cars; and a shift in consumer preference and vehicle production mix, particularly in Europe, from large and mid-size passenger cars to smaller cars.

 

 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates that affect the relative competitiveness of manufacturing operations in different geographic markets.

Strategy:

We have undertaken a number of initiatives, and will be implementing additional measures, to reduce our cost and operating structures in order to position the Company to operate successfully under the difficult macroeconomic and industry conditions that adversely impacted us during the second half of 2008 and are likely to persist to a degree, and over a period of time, that is difficult to predict. At the same time, we intend to solidify our position as one of the world’s leading automotive suppliers of body sealing, noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) control, and fluid handling components and systems. Our focus is on the following key areas:

 

4


Table of Contents

Reconfiguring our Business and Cost Structure as Appropriate in the Changing Industry Environment

In the second half of 2008, we announced the closure of two manufacturing facilities, one located in Australia and the other in Germany. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (especially the “Restructuring” subsection beginning on page 41) for additional information concerning these and other restructuring actions undertaken by the Company since the 2004 Acquisition. We plan to continue to identify and implement restructuring opportunities so that the Company is appropriately configured in the rapidly changing industry environment.

We have also taken a number of other actions reducing the size of the Company’s salaried and hourly workforce and adjusting work hours, wages, salaries and benefits at all levels of the Company, including the following actions:

 

 

Implementation of across-the-board 10% reductions in the base salaries of the Company’s salaried employees in the United States and Canada effective January 2009 through the first half of the year.

 

 

Implementation of workforce reductions, reduced workweeks and mandatory time-off in many of the Company’s locations.

 

 

Implementation of short work weeks, voluntary salary reduction programs and other actions in Europe to effectuate cost-savings in accordance with applicable laws.

 

 

The freezing of benefit accruals in certain defined benefit retirement plans, and the suspension of matching contributions under the Company’s defined contribution plans for 2009.

 

 

Reduction and delay of capital spending by raising return on investment hurdles.

On March 26, 2009, the Company announced the implementation of a comprehensive plan involving the discontinuation of its global product line operating divisions, formerly called the Body & Chassis Systems division and the Fluid Systems division, and the establishment of a new operating structure organized on the basis of geographic regions. The Company will now operate from two divisions, North America and International (covering Europe, South America and Asia). Under the plan, the Company’s reporting segments, as well as its operating structure, have changed. This new operating structure allows the Company to maintain its full portfolio of global products and provide unified customer contact points, while better managing its operating costs and resources in severe industry conditions. It will result in a reduction in the Company’s worldwide salaried workforce of approximately 20 percent.

Solidifying global leadership position with emphasis on high growth vehicles around the world

We plan to maintain our leading positions with the Detroit 3, with particular emphasis on the vehicles they produce globally, and to continue to strengthen our relationships with European and Asian manufacturers as their market share increases. Many conquest business opportunities are becoming available worldwide as a result of significant automotive supply base consolidations. China and India will continue to be regions of emphasis as the light vehicle market is projected to grow in those regions as their economies continue to develop.

Further Developing Technologies and Customer Service

To further strengthen our customer relationships, we plan to continue to focus on innovative product development, program management, engineering excellence, and customer service, all of which enhance the value we offer our customers. We will continue to seek customer feedback with respect to quality, manufacturing, design and engineering, delivery, and after-sales support in an effort to provide the highest level of customer service and responsiveness. We believe our efforts have been successful to date and we continue to be awarded content on our customer’s new programs. We have also achieved several recent

 

5


Table of Contents

successes with other OEMs, such as Nissan, Toyota, Honda, Audi, and Volkswagen. Further, our acquisition of MAPS diversified our customer base with new key customers such as Fiat, Audi, BMW, Daimler and Volkswagen Group. In Asia, and particularly in China, we have been successful in entering new markets and are developing a substantial manufacturing and marketing presence to serve local OEMs and to follow our customers as they target these markets. We operate eight manufacturing locations in China, which provide products and services to both Chinese OEMs and our traditional customers.

Targeting fuel efficient vehicles, global platforms and certain high volume vehicles

With the recent shift in customer preferences, we intend to target small car, hybrid and alternative powertrains and increase the amount of content we provide to each of these segments. Given our many innovations in products which help conserve fuel and reduce emissions, many customers are looking to us to assist them in providing lighter, more fuel efficient vehicles that meet consumer demand, as well as more stringent emissions standards.

Further expanding into the small car and hybrid market will allow us to gain market share, create greater economies of scale, and provide more opportunities to partner with customers on future generation designs of small cars, hybrids and alternative powertrains, as we can assist with newly introduced lightweight high- performance plastic materials for use in our hose and body sealing products and fuel rail assemblies, improve fuel flow and help reduce fuel consumption. Our engineering teams have also partnered with customers to deliver state-of-the-art thermal management solutions to enhance cooling effectiveness for the electric motors and batteries of their new hybrid vehicle platforms.

Global platforms which feature the same vehicle design produced in multiple regions of the world is a growing trend as it enables OEMs to reduce cost by leveraging global engineering, purchasing and supply base synergies. These types of programs allow us to showcase our production capabilities in all major regions of the world which has been a key element in winning business on these platforms. The combination of our global footprint, experience in global program management and worldwide customer service puts us in a leadership position as a proven supplier for future global programs.

While smaller cars and crossover vehicles have grown in popularity, certain large car and truck platforms (pick-up trucks) continue to be in demand and remain important as we look to maximize content and utilize our lean manufacturing program to continuously improve processes and increase productivity on these platforms. An example of this: The Ford F-150 continues to be a popular selling truck. Our overall content on the F-150 consists of the following products: engine mounts, transmission mounts, engine and transmission brackets (NVH products), appliqué, inner belts, outer belts, below belt brackets, body seals, door seals, glass runs, cutline seals, roof rail secondary seals, hood to radiator seals (sealing products), fuel tank bundle, fuel rails, chassis fuel bundle, brake line assemblies (fuel and brake products), radiator hose assemblies, heater hose assemblies, transmission oil cooler line assemblies (thermal management products) and engine emission tubes.

Through our extensive product portfolio, innovative solutions for emerging technology trends and broad global capabilities, we expect to continue winning new business across all major regions and with all major automakers in the global market.

Developing new modular solutions and other value-added products

In addition to products for fuel efficiency and lower emissions, we also believe that significant opportunities exist to grow by providing complete sub-systems, modules, and assemblies. As a leader in design, engineering, and technical capabilities, we are able to focus on improving products, developing new technologies, and implementing more efficient processes in each of our product lines. Our body sealing products, which are part of our body & chassis product portfolio, are visible to vehicle passengers and can enhance the vehicle’s aesthetic appeal, in addition to creating a barrier to wind, precipitation, dust, and noise. Our noise, vibration and harshness control products (NVH), which are also part of our body & chassis products, are a fundamental part of the driving experience and can be important to the vehicle quality and can significantly improve ride and handling. Our fluid handling modules and sub-systems are designed to increase functionality and decrease cost to the OEM, which can be the deciding factor in winning new business.

 

6


Table of Contents

To remain a leader in new product innovation, we will continue to invest in research and development and to focus on new technologies, materials, and designs. We believe that extensive use of Design for Six Sigma and other development strategies and techniques has led to some of our most successful recent product innovations, including our ESP Thermoplastic Glassruns (Body & Chassis), a proprietary plastics-to-aluminum overmolding process (Fluid Handling), and our hydromounts (Body & Chassis). Examples of successful modular innovations include engine cooling systems, fuel and brake systems, and exhaust gas recirculation modules in our fluid handling product category, and Daylight Opening Modules in our body & chassis category.

Selectively pursuing complementary acquisitions and alliances

We intend to continue to selectively pursue acquisitions and joint ventures to enhance our customer base, geographic penetration, market diversity, scale, and technology. Consolidation is an industry trend and is encouraged by OEMs’ desire for fewer supplier relationships. We believe joint ventures allow us to penetrate new markets with less relative risk and capital investment. We believe we have a strong platform for growth through acquisitions based on our past integration successes, experienced management team, global presence, and operational excellence. We also operate through several successful joint ventures, including those with Nishikawa Rubber Company, Zhejiang Saiyang Seal Products Co., Ltd. (“Saiyang Sealing”), Guyoung Technology Co. Ltd. (“Guyoung”), Hubei Jingda Precision Steel Tube Industry Co., Ltd. (“Jingda”), Shanghai Automotive Industry Corporation (“SAIC”) and Toyoda Gosei Co., Ltd. (“Toyoda Gosei”).

Expanding our footprint in Asia

While we have, through new facilities, acquisitions, and joint ventures, significantly expanded our presence in Asia, particularly China and India, we believe that significant opportunities for growth exist in this fast-growing market. We will continue to evaluate opportunities that enable us to establish or expand our design, technology and commercial support operations in that region and enhance our ability to serve current and future customers.

Focusing on operational excellence and cost structure

We will continue to intensely focus on the efficiency of our manufacturing operations and on opportunities to reduce our cost structure. Although the automotive supply sector is highly competitive, we believe that we have been able to maintain strong operating margins due in part to our ability to constantly improve our manufacturing processes and to selectively relocate or close facilities. Our primary areas of focus are:

 

   

Identifying and implementing Lean initiatives throughout the Company. Our Lean initiatives are focused on optimizing manufacturing by eliminating waste, controlling cost, and enhancing productivity. Lean initiatives have been implemented at each of our manufacturing and design facilities and continue to be an important element in our disciplined approach to operational excellence.

 

   

Evaluating opportunities to relocate operations to lower-cost countries. We are supplementing our Western European operation’s higher labor content to more closely match our customers’ footprints for more efficient transport of parts. In addition, some components have been moved to China and India while also expanding in Mexico.

 

   

Consolidating facilities to reduce our cost structure. Our restructuring efforts were primarily undertaken to streamline our global operations. We will continue to take a disciplined approach to evaluating opportunities that would improve our efficiency, profitability, and cost structure.

 

   

Maintaining flexibility in all areas of our operations. Our operational capital needs are generally lower compared to many in the automotive industry. Our manufacturing machinery is re-programmable and many times movable from job-to-job providing us flexibility in adapting to market changes and serving customers.

 

7


Table of Contents

Developing business in non-automotive markets

While the automotive industry will continue to be our core business, we supply other industries with products using our expertise and material compounding capabilities. As a result of the MAPS acquisition, we acquired the technical rubber business which develops and produces rubber products for a variety of industry applications ranging from aircraft flooring, commercial flooring, insulating sheets for power stations, non-slip step coverings, rubber for appliances and construction applications. The technical rubber business has several thousand elastomer compounds to draw from and can custom fit almost any application.

Products:

We supply a diverse range of products on a global basis to a broad group of customers. For the year ended December 31, 2008, body & chassis and fluid handling products accounted for 61% and 39%, of net sales, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2007, body & chassis and fluid handling products accounted for 55% and 45% of net sales, respectively. Our top ten platforms by sales accounted for nearly 28% of net sales in 2008, with the remainder derived from a multitude of platforms, composed of a diversity of sport-utility, light truck, and various classes of sedans and other vehicles. For information related to our reportable segments, please refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our principal product lines are described below:

Body & Chassis Products

We are a leading global supplier of body and chassis products. Body products consist of components that protect vehicle interiors from weather, dust and noise intrusion. Chassis products, also referred to as Noise Vibration and Harshness products (NVH), isolate and reduce noise and vibration to improve ride and handling. Both Body and Chassis products lead to a better driving experience for all occupants. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we generated approximately 61% and 55%, respectively of total revenue before corporate eliminations from the sale of body and chassis products.

Body Sealing

Based on third party analysis we are the leading global supplier of body sealing products to the automotive industry with approximately 21% of global market share. We are known throughout the industry to be a leader in providing innovative design and manufacturing solutions for complex automotive designs.

Our body sealing products are comprised of ethylene propylene diene M-class rubber (EPDM) (synthetic rubber) and thermoplastic elastomers (TPE). The typical production process involves: mixing of rubber/plastic compounds, extrusion (supported with metal and woven wire carriers or unsupported), cutting, notching, forming, injection molding, and assembly.

Below is a description of our primary sealing product by segments:

 

Product Category

  

Description

Door Seals    Sectional seal design that fits the door structure and body cabin to seal rain, dust, and noise from the occupants of vehicles.
Body Seals    Secondary seal used to provide further noise and aesthetic coverage of weld flanges on the vehicle body.
Hood Seals    A seal located on the body flanges in the engine compartment offering protection against water, and dust penetration while also reducing engine and road noise in the vehicles interior during high speed travel.

 

8


Table of Contents

Product Category

  

Description

Belt Line Seals    A seal offering protection against water, dust and noise for driver and passenger door moveable glass.
Lower Door Seals    A seal that offers protection in the “rocker” area against water and dust penetration. Reduces loud road noise entering the cabin and maintains quietness during high speed driving.
Glass Run Channel Assembly    Enables the movable door glass and door to form one surface, improving glass movement and sealing the vehicles’ interior from the exterior environment.
Trunk Lid and Lift gate Seals    A seal located on the body flanges in the truck or lift gate compartment offering protection against water, and dust penetration.
Roof Seal    Convertible Roof Sealing: sealing materials that combine compressibility with superior design for use on soft top weather sealing applications.
Sunroof Seals    A seal required to create a narrow sealing space and minimize resistance for the sunroof.
Obstacle Detection Sensors    An extruded sensor that will reverse windows and doors. There are two types; 1) Proximity (P-ODS) and 2) Tactile (T-ODS). P-ODS sense the capacitance of an animate object and reverses the window/door systems with zero pinch force. T-ODS is a redundant feature that reverses window/door systems with a minimal pinch force. Both T and P ODS meet current global safety standards (e.g.FMVSS-118).

As a result of our global presence and reputation for innovation we are in the fortunate position to work with many of our OEM partners early in the development of their next generation vehicles. As a result of this “up-front” involvement, we have been able to develop innovative product and modular designs to meet these customers’ complex next generation vehicle designs.

Chassis

Based on third party analysis, we are one of the leading suppliers of Chassis (NVH) products in North America with approximately 14% of North American market share. We are known in North America for utilizing our advanced development and testing of NVH products and subsystems to provide innovative solutions.

Our chassis products include components manufactured with various types of rubber: natural rubber, butyl or EPDM in combination with stamped steel, aluminum or cast iron sub-components. Additionally we supply brackets that are manufactured from stamped steel, aluminum or cast iron as individual final products. The typical production process for a rubber and metal product involves; mixing of rubber compounds, metal preparation (cleaning and primer application), injection molding of the rubber and metals, final assembly, and testing as required based on specific products.

 

9


Table of Contents

Below is a description of our primary chassis product by segments:

 

Product Category

  

Description

Body/Cradle Mounts    Enable isolation of the interior cabin from the vehicle body reducing noise, vibration, and harshness.
Engine Mounts    Secure and isolate vehicle powertrain noise, vibration, and harshness from the uni-body or frame.
Transmission Mounts    Enable mounting of transmission to vehicle body and reducing vibration and harshness from the powertrain.
Torque Link    Control the fore and aft movement of transverse mounted engines within their compartment while isolating engine noise and vibration from the body.
Strut Mounts    Isolates vibration from the suspension and dampens vibration from the suspension into the interior cabin.
Spring Seats/ Bumpers    Work in conjunction with NVH systems to prevent offensive noise generation.
Suspension Bushing    Allows flexibility in suspension components and eliminates NVH from entering into interior cabin.
Mass Damper    Developed to counteract a specific resonance at a specific frequency to eliminate vibration.

Hydromounts/

Hydrobushings

  

An engine mount or suspension bushing filled with fluid. A hydromount provides spring rate and damping performance that varies according to frequency and displacement of vibration.

Conventional (non hydro) mounts provide fixed response. Hydromounts can provide a more comfortable ride in a vehicle whether idling or traveling. Similar benefits are provided by hydrobushings.

As a result of our reputation for working with our customers on advanced development projects we are able to work with our OEM partners in North America to provide innovative solutions. One recent example of Cooper-Standard providing advanced development activities to enhance vehicle performance is on a new generation pick-up truck in the U.S. After extensive evaluation and cooperation with the customer, a new NVH product evolved, the Body Hydro Mount. This new hydromount is currently on the next generation truck enhancing the ride and comfort of the vehicle.

The B, C and D (small, compact and mid-size, respectively) global vehicle segments represent a growing percentage of worldwide vehicle production. To capitalize on this global growth of smaller car segments, CSA will utilize our global network of innovative manufacturing and design teams to provide consistent and continual support to our OEM partners’ global platform design and manufacturing initiatives. In the past year we have won new contracts from Toyota, Honda, Nissan/Renault, GM, Ford, Tata, BMW, VW, Fiat, PSA, Mahindra, and Maruti. Through our disciplined approach to business we have outperformed many of our competitors. Adherence to this disciplined approach will allow for additional conquest opportunities. We are the only supplier in the industry that is able to ensure interior cabin comfort by designing and manufacturing body and chassis products that work in concert to reduce NVH and control environment extremes. We will continue to focus on profitable global platforms, utilizing our global design and manufacturing footprint to win new business.

Fluid Handling Products

We are one of the leading global integrators of fluid subsystems and components that control, sense, and deliver fluids. We believe we are the second largest global provider of fluid handling system products manufactured in our industry. We offer an extensive product portfolio and are positioned to serve our diverse customer base around the world. Utilizing our core competencies in thermal management, emissions

 

10


Table of Contents

management, and fuel delivery systems we create the highest value for our global customers by engineering unique solutions that anticipate and exceed their needs through design for six sigma (DFSS), seamless launches, lean enterprise principles and key strategic alliances.

We support the green technology trend as our customers expand towards hybrids and alternative powertrains required to meet future fuel efficiency demands. We provide thermal management solutions that enhance hybrid powertrain cooling systems and offer bio-fuel compatible materials for alternative fuel vehicles. Our products support improved fuel economy initiatives with lightweight, high performance plastic and aluminum materials that reduce weight and offer an improved value equation. We specialize in complete fuel system integration encompassing products from the fuel rail to the fuel tank lines. Our low permeation fuel lines meet and exceed LEV II (low emission vehicle) and PZEV (partial zero emission vehicle) emission standards. We support reduced emissions through the control of flow and temperature of exhaust gas.

Our products are principally found in four major vehicle systems: thermal management; fuel and brake; emissions management; and power management.

 

Product Category

  

Description

Thermal Management    Direct, control and transport oil, coolant, water, and other fluids throughout the vehicle
   Engine oil cooling subsystems with over molded connections    Transmission oil cooling subsystems
   Engine oil cooler tube and hose assemblies    Transmission oil cooler tube and hose assemblies
   Engine oil cooling quick connects    Engine oil level indicator tube assemblies
   Electro/mechanical water valves and pumps    Integrated thermostats and plastic housings
   Coolant subsystems    Bypass valves
   Radiator and heater hoses    Auxiliary oil coolers
Fuel & Brake    Direct, control, and transport fuel, brake fluid, and vapors throughout the vehicle
   Fuel supply and return lines    Flexible brake lines
   Fuel/Vapor quick connects    Vacuum brake hoses
   Fuel/Vapor lines   
Emissions Management    Direct, control, and transmit emission vapors and fluids throughout the vehicle
   Fully integrated exhaust gas recirculation modules    Exhaust gas recirculation valves
  

EGR coolers and bypass coolers

Exhaust gas recirculation tube assemblies

  

DPF lines

Secondary air tubes

Power Management    Direct, control, and transmit power management fluids throughout the vehicle
   High pressure roof lines    Power steering pressure and return lines
   Hydraulic clutch lines    Air bag tubes

 

11


Table of Contents

To increase sales of fluid handling products, we intend to continue to capitalize on recent brake, fuel, and thermal management successes in Europe and North America; develop new complete module and assembly solutions, aimed at building a reputation as a “tube and hose integrator;” and create product improvements that provide greater functionality at an improved value to the customer. We plan to continue to invest in research and development to support these efforts and focus on advanced materials, and innovative processes. We will continue to leverage our green technologies to support growth in hybrid, electric and fuel cell powertrains, advanced fuel delivery systems, and future emissions regulations requiring critical components in regions where environmental regulations are stringent, such as in Europe.

For products such as rubber hose, steel tubing, and nylon tubing, innovations in advanced materials have led to the development of superior components. We have in-house tube manufacturing and coating capabilities in North America, Europe and Asia, allowing us to maintain a competitive edge over smaller fabricators. We believe these engineering and design capabilities, combined with intense focus on quality and customer service, have led to strong customer relationships and a growing customer base. We are targeting on increasing market share with European and Asian customers and continue to foster strategic business relations with large Tier I suppliers while staying in touch with all OEMs.

Supplies and Raw Materials

Raw material prices have fluctuated greatly in recent years. We have implemented strategies with both our suppliers and our customers to help manage extreme spikes in raw material prices. These actions include material substitutions, increased use of hedging for market based commodities and leveraging our global buy. Global optimization also includes using benchmarks and selective sourcing from low cost regions. We have also made process improvements to ensure the most efficient use of materials through scrap reduction, as well as standardization of material specification to maximize leverage over a higher volume purchase.

The primary raw materials for our business include fabricated metal-based components, synthetic rubber, carbon black, and natural rubber.

Patents and Trademarks

We believe one of our competitive advantages is our track record of technological innovation. We hold over 600 patents in key product technologies, such as Daylight Opening Modules, Engineered Stretched Plastics, Low Fuel Permeation Nylon Tubing, Quick Connect Fluid Couplings, as well as core process methods, such as molding, joining, and coating. We consider these patents to be of value and seek to protect our rights throughout the world against infringement. While in the aggregate these patents are important to our business, we do not believe that the loss or termination of any one of them would materially affect our company. We continue to seek patent protection for our new products. Our patents will continue to be amortized over the next five to twelve years.

We also have license and technology sharing agreements with Nishikawa Rubber Company for sales, marketing, and engineering services on certain body sealing products we sell. Under those agreements, each party pays for services provided by the other and royalties on certain products for which the other party provides design or development services.

We own or have licensed several trademarks that are registered in many countries, enabling us to protect and market our products worldwide. During 2006, we purchased the right to use our current name from Cooper Tire.

Seasonality

Historically sales to automotive customers are lowest during the months prior to model changeovers and during assembly plant shutdowns. However, economic conditions and consumer demand may change the traditional seasonality of the industry as lower production may prevail without the impact of seasonality. In previous years, changeover periods have typically resulted in lower sales volumes during July, August, and December. During these periods of lower sales volumes, profit performance is lower, but working capital improves due to continuing collection of accounts receivable.

 

12


Table of Contents

Competition

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry are price, quality, service, performance, design and engineering capabilities, innovation, and timely delivery. We believe that our capabilities in these core competencies are integral to our position as a market leader in each of our product lines. In Body & Chassis products we compete with Toyoda Gosei, Trelleborg,Tokai, Vibracoustic, Paulstra, Hutchinson, Henniges, Meteor, SaarGummi, and Standard Profil, among others. In Fluid Handling products, we compete with TI Automotive, Martinrea, Hutchinson, Conti-Tech, Pierburg Gustav Wahler along with numerous smaller companies in this competitive market.

Industry Structure

The automotive industry has historically been one of the world’s largest and most competitive. Recent economic conditions have changed the traditional structure of the industry. The industry is mature in North America and Europe and now undergoing broad sales reductions as consumers are holding onto their vehicles longer. Vehicle production in Asia, particularly in China and India, is expected to account for a relatively larger share of worldwide vehicle production as these economies expand.

The ability for consumers to obtain financing is an important factor in the sale of new vehicles. Recently, the tightening of credit has put significant pressure on the industry prompting a consolidation among OEMs, and major shifts in product offerings and market share positions.

These developments have also led to a more challenging environment for automotive suppliers. The automotive supply industry is generally characterized by high barriers to entry, significant start-up costs, and long-standing customer relationships. Suppliers that have not diversified relative to customer and geographic mix may be unable to compete in the future global industry as these structural changes take hold. Based on this, it is believed that industry consolidations will provide ample opportunities for well positioned global suppliers.

Customers

We are a leading supplier to the U.S. Automakers (Detroit 3) in each of our product categories and are increasing our presence with European and Asian OEMs. During the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 25%, 16%, and 7% of our sales were to Ford, General Motors, and Chrysler, respectively as compared to, 27%, 20% and 8% for the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. Our other major customers include Fiat, Renault/Nissan, PSA Peugeot Citroën, and Volkswagen. We also sell products to Visteon/ACH, Toyota, Porsche, and through NISCO, Honda. Our business with any given customer is typically split among several contracts for different parts on a number of platforms. Our MAPS acquisitions have added significant volume with Fiat, BMW, Daimler, Volkswagen/Audi and various Indian and Chinese OEMs.

Research and Development

We operate ten design, engineering, and administration facilities throughout the world and employ 605 research and development personnel, some of whom reside at our customers’ facilities. We utilize Design for Six Sigma and other methodologies that emphasize manufacturability and quality. We are aggressively pursuing innovations which assist in resource conservation with particular attention to developing materials that are lighter weight and made of materials that can be recycled. Our development teams are also working closely with our customers to design and deliver thermal management solutions for cooling electric motors and batteries for new hybrids. We spend significantly each year to maintain and enhance our technical centers, enabling us to quickly and effectively respond to customer demands. We spent $74.8 million, $77.2 million, and $81.9 million in 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively, on research and development.

Joint Ventures and Strategic Alliances

Joint ventures represent an important part of our business, both operationally and strategically. We have used joint ventures to enter into new geographic markets such as China, Korea, and India, to acquire new customers, and to develop new technologies. In entering new geographic markets, teaming with a local

 

13


Table of Contents

partner can reduce capital investment by leveraging pre-existing infrastructure. In addition, local partners in these markets can provide knowledge and insight into local practices and access to local suppliers of raw materials and components. In North America, joint ventures have proven valuable in establishing new relationships with NAMs. For example, we have business with Honda through our NISCO joint venture. In 2005, we acquired a 20% equity interest in and expanded our technical alliance with Guyoung, a Korean supplier of metal stampings, which built a manufacturing facility in Alabama that services Hyundai. In 2006, we finalized two joint venture agreements with Jingda, one of the largest tube manufacturers in China to expand our presence in that country. As part of the acquisition of the MAPS business in 2007, we acquired a 47.5% equity interest in Shanghai SAIC-Metzeler Sealing Systems Co. Ltd., a joint venture with SAIC, which also owns a 47.5% equity interest, and Shanghai Qinpu Zhaotun Collective Asset Management Company, which owns the remaining 5% equity interest. This joint venture business is the leading manufacturer of automotive sealing products in China. Also in 2007, we acquired a 74% equity interest in MAP India, a joint venture with Toyoda Gosei Co., Ltd., which owns the remaining 26% equity interest. MAP India is a leading manufacturer of automotive sealing products in India.

Geographic Information

In 2008, we generated approximately 48% of net sales in North America, 42% in Europe, 5% in South America, and 5% in Asia/Pacific. Approximately 17% and 12% of our revenues were generated from our German and Canadian operations, respectively.

In 2007, we generated approximately 61% of net sales in North America, 31% in Europe, 5% in South America, and 3% in Asia/Pacific. Approximately 15% and 13% of our revenues were generated from our Canadian and German operations, respectively.

Employees

We maintain good relations with both our union and non-union employees and, in the past ten years, have not experienced any major work stoppages. We have negotiated some of our domestic and international union agreements in 2008 and have several contracts set to expire in the next twelve months. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 46% of our employees were represented by unions, and approximately 10% of our employees were union represented employees located in the United States.

As of December 31, 2008, we had 18,046 full-time and temporary employees.

Environmental

We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, and local environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations in the United States and other countries, including those governing emissions to air; discharges to water; noise, and odor emissions; the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal of waste materials; the cleanup of contaminated properties; and human health and safety. For example, as an owner and operator of real property or a generator of hazardous substances, we may be subject to environmental cleanup liability, regardless of fault, pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or analogous laws, as well as to claims for harm to health or property or for natural resource damages arising out of contamination or exposure to hazardous substances. Several of our properties have been the subject of remediation activities to address historic contamination. In general, we believe we are in substantial compliance with the requirements under such laws and regulations and our continued compliance is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or the results of our operations. We expect that additional requirements with respect to environmental matters will be imposed in the future. Our expense and capital expenditures for environmental matters at our facilities have not been material in the past, nor are expected to be in the future.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. We make forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and may make such statements in future filings with the SEC. We may also make forward-looking statements in our press releases or other public or stockholder communications. These

 

14


Table of Contents

forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenue or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, plans or intentions relating to acquisitions, business trends, and other information that is not historical information and, in particular, appear under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Risk Factors” and “Business.” When used in this report, the words “estimates,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts,” or future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “should,” “could,” or “may,” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends and data are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. Our expectations, beliefs, and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, we cannot assure you that these expectations, beliefs, and projections will be achieved.

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this report are set forth in this Form 10-K, including under Item 1A. “Risk Factors”.

As stated elsewhere in this Form 10-K, such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others: our substantial leverage; limitations on flexibility in operating our business contained in our debt agreements; our dependence on the automotive industry; the prospect of continued reduced worldwide automotive production levels; a deterioration in the financial condition of certain of our customers and suppliers; availability and cost of raw materials; our dependence on certain major customers; competition in our industry; our conducting operations outside the United States; the uncertainty of our ability to achieve expected Lean savings; our exposure to product liability and warranty claims; labor conditions; our vulnerability to rising interest rates; our ability to meet our customers’ needs for new and improved products in a timely manner; our ability to attract and retain key personnel; the possibility that our owners’ interests will conflict those of investors; our status as a stand-alone company; our legal rights to our intellectual property portfolio; our underfunded pension plans; environmental and other regulation; and the possibility that our acquisition strategy will not be successful. There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

We do not undertake, and we specifically disclaim, any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business and financial condition can be impacted by a number of factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any of these risks could cause our actual results to vary materially from recent or anticipated results and could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are highly dependent on the automotive industry, and a prolonged contraction in automotive sales and production volumes could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and liquidity.

The great majority of our customers are OEMs and their suppliers. Automotive sales and production declined substantially in the second half of 2008 and are not expected to recover significantly in the near future. This will have a continuing negative impact on our sales, liquidity and results of operations, as the demand for our products decreases as the volume of automotive production decreases.

The negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations could have negative effects on us under our credit facilities by affecting our ability to comply with the financial ratio covenants contained in our credit facilities. An inability to comply would require us to seek waivers or amendments of such covenants. There is no guarantee that such waivers or amendments would be obtained and, even if they were obtained, we would likely incur additional costs. An inability to obtain any such waiver or

 

15


Table of Contents

amendment could result in a breach and a possible event of default under our credit facilities, which could allow the lenders to discontinue lending, terminate any commitments they have to provide us with additional funds and/or declare amounts outstanding to be due and payable. There is no assurance that we would have sufficient funds to repay such obligations or that we could obtain alternative funding on terms acceptable to us.

Our liquidity could also be adversely impacted if our suppliers reduced their normal trade credit terms as the result of any decline in our financial condition or if our customers extended their normal payment terms. If either of these situations occurred, we would need to rely on other sources of funding to cover the additional gap between the time we pay our suppliers and the time we receive corresponding payments from our customers.

The financial conditions of OEMs, particularly the Detroit 3, may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The deteriorating financial condition of the OEMs, particularly the Detroit 3, could have adverse impacts on our financial condition in addition to those resulting directly from lower productions volumes (as described in the preceding risk factor). The Detroit 3 are undertaking, or may undertake, various forms of restructuring initiatives which may ultimately include, in certain cases, reorganization under bankruptcy laws. Chrysler and General Motors have sought funding and Ford has sought a line of credit from the U.S. government due to the significant financial difficulties they face. There is no assurance that the Detroit 3 will be able to meet the conditions imposed on them in connection with any such government assistance or that any such assistance will enable them to remain viable. The filing of bankruptcy proceedings by any of the Detroit 3, in addition to potentially impacting the ability of the filing company to continue to sell their products at sustainable levels and remain viable customers, could impact the collectability of our accounts receivable owing from the filing company.

A prolonged contraction in automotive sales and production volumes and the financial conditions of OEMs could adversely affect the viability of our supply base.

Our suppliers are subject to many of the same consequences that would impact us as a result of a prolonged contraction in automotive sales and production volumes. In addition, many of our suppliers also directly supply the Detroit 3, and the financial condition of the Detroit 3, particularly any bankruptcy filing, could impact the collectability of their accounts receivable. Depending on each supplier’s financial condition and access to capital, its viability could be threatened by such conditions or events which could impact its ability to meet its contractual commitments to us and consequently impact our ability to meet our own commitments to our customers. There is no assurance that we would be able to establish alternative sources of supply in time to meet such commitments and avoid potential penalties and damages that could result from such failure.

Disruptions in the financial markets are adversely impacting the availability and cost of credit which could continue to negatively affect our business.

Disruptions in the financial markets, including the bankruptcy, insolvency or restructuring of certain financial institutions, have adversely impacted the availability and cost of credit for many companies and consumers and had a negative impact on the global economy, consumer confidence, and the demand for automotive products. There is no assurance that government efforts to respond to these disruptions, or other circumstances, will restore consumer confidence, improve the liquidity of the financial markets or otherwise improve conditions in the automotive industry.

Our substantial leverage could harm our business by limiting our available cash and our access to additional capital and, to the extent of our variable rate indebtedness, exposes us to interest rate risk.

We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2008, our total consolidated indebtedness was $1,144.1 million. Our leverage increased upon the closing of our acquisition of MAPS, because we financed part of the acquisition with an incremental term loan under the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

 

   

It may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes on favorable terms or at all;

 

   

A substantial portion of our cash flows from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and thus will not be available for other purposes, including our operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities;

 

   

The debt service requirements of our other indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to make payments on the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes issued by Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. in connection with the 2004 Acquisition (the “Notes”);

 

   

It may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to those of our competitors that are less highly leveraged;

 

   

It may restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures; and

 

   

We may be more vulnerable than a less highly-leveraged company to a downturn in general economic conditions or in our business, or we may be unable to carry out the desired amount of capital spending to support our growth.

Our cash paid for interest for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $95.4 million, which excludes the amortization of $5.0 million of debt issuance costs. At December 31, 2008, we had $597.2 million of debt with floating interest rates, including $174.8 million managed by the use of interest rate swap contracts to convert the variable rate characteristic to fixed rate. If interest rates increase, assuming no principal repayments or use of financial derivatives, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash available for servicing our indebtedness, including the Notes, would decrease. After considering the effects of certain interest rate swap contracts we entered into during 2008, a 1% increase in the average interest rate of our variable rate indebtedness would increase future interest expense by approximately $4.2 million per year.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The senior credit agreement and the indentures under which the Notes were issued contain a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or issue redeemable preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends and repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries;

 

   

transfer or sell assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

engage in mergers, amalgamations, or consolidations; and

 

   

make capital expenditures.

 

17


Table of Contents

In addition, under the senior credit agreement, we are required to satisfy specified financial ratios and tests. Our ability to comply with those provisions may be affected by events beyond our control, and may limit our ability to comply with those required ratios and tests.

We may be unable to comply with the financial covenants in our senior credit agreement.

The financial covenants in our senior credit agreement require us to achieve certain financial ratios based on levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and certain adjustments (EBITDA), as defined in the senior credit agreement. A failure to comply with these or other covenants in the senior credit facility could, if we were unable to obtain a waiver or another amendment of the covenant terms, cause an event of default that could cause our loans under the senior credit facility to become immediately due and payable. In addition, additional waivers or amendments could substantially increase the cost of borrowing.

Increasing costs for or reduced availability of manufactured components and raw materials may adversely affect our profitability.

The principal raw materials we purchase include fabricated metal-based components, synthetic rubber, carbon black, and natural rubber. Raw materials comprise the largest component of our costs, representing approximately 47% of our total costs during the year ended December 31, 2008. A significant increase in the price of these items could materially increase our operating costs and materially and adversely affect our profit margins because it is generally difficult to pass through these increased costs to our customers. For example, we have experienced significant price increases in our raw steel and steel-related components purchases as a result of increased global demand. While these increases fell off in the second half of 2008, continued volatility in the global market presents risk in forecasting cost.

Because we purchase various types of raw materials and manufactured components, we may be materially and adversely affected by the failure of our suppliers of those materials to perform as expected. This non-performance may consist of delivery delays or failures caused by production issues or delivery of non-conforming products. The risk of non-performance may also result from the insolvency or bankruptcy of one or more of our suppliers. Our suppliers’ ability to supply products to us is also subject to a number of risks, including availability of raw materials, such as steel and natural rubber, destruction of their facilities, or work stoppages. In addition, our failure to promptly pay, or order sufficient quantities of inventory from our suppliers may increase the cost of products we purchase or may lead to suppliers refusing to sell products to us at all. Our efforts to protect against and to minimize these risks may not always be effective.

We could be adversely affected if we are unable to continue to compete successfully in the highly competitive automotive parts industry.

The automotive parts industry is highly competitive. We face numerous competitors in each of the product lines we serve. In general, there are three or more significant competitors for most of the products offered by our company and numerous smaller competitors. We also face increased competition for certain of our products from suppliers producing in lower-cost countries such as Korea and China, especially for certain lower-technology noise, vibration and harshness control products that have physical characteristics that make long-distance shipping more feasible and economical. We may not be able to continue to compete favorably and increased competition in our markets may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to other risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.

We have significant manufacturing operations outside the United States, including joint ventures and other alliances. Our operations are located in 18 countries and we export to several other countries. In 2008, approximately 74% of our net sales originated outside the United States. Risks are inherent in international operations, including:

 

   

exchange controls and currency restrictions;

 

   

currency fluctuations and devaluations;

 

   

changes in local economic conditions;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

changes in laws and regulations, including the imposition of embargos;

 

   

exposure to possible expropriation or other government actions; and

 

   

unsettled political conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. For example, we are faced with potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations and we have to design local solutions to manage credit risks of local customers and distributors. Also, the cost and complexity of streamlining operations in certain European countries is greater than would be the case in the United States, due primarily to labor laws in those countries that can make reducing employment levels more time-consuming and expensive than in the United States. Our flexibility in our foreign operations can also be somewhat limited by agreements we have entered into with our foreign joint venture partners.

Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in differing economic, social, and political conditions. We may not continue to succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each location where we do business, and failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our sales outside the United States expose us to currency risks. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, at a constant level of business, our reported international sales and earnings will be reduced because the local currency will translate into fewer U.S. dollars. In addition to currency translation risks, we incur a currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or a sales transaction using a different currency from the currency in which it receives revenues. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to manage our currency transaction and/or translation risks effectively, or volatility in currency exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Our lean manufacturing and other cost savings plans may not be effective.

Our operations strategy includes cutting costs by reducing product errors, inventory levels, operator motion, overproduction, and waiting while fostering the increased flow of material, information, and communication. The cost savings that we anticipate from these initiatives may not be achieved on schedule or at the level anticipated by management. If we are unable to realize these anticipated savings, our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected. Moreover, the implementation of cost saving plans and facilities integration may disrupt our operations and performance.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty and recall claims that may be brought against us.

We may be exposed to product liability and warranty claims in the event that our products actually or allegedly fail to perform as expected or the use of our products results, or is alleged to result, in bodily injury and/or property damage. Accordingly, we could experience material warranty or product liability losses in the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims.

In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may be required to participate in a recall of that product if the defect or the alleged defect relates to automotive safety. Our costs associated with providing product warranties could be material. Product liability, warranty, and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Work stoppages or similar difficulties could disrupt our operations.

As of December 31, 2008, approximately 46% of our employees were represented by unions, and approximately 10% of our employees were union represented employees located in the United States. It is possible that our workforce will become more unionized in the future. A work stoppage at one or more of our plants may have a material adverse effect on our business. Collective bargaining agreements at six of our North American facilities are due to expire in 2009, and we will be engaged in negotiations with unions at these facilities with respect to new contracts. Unionization activities could also increase our costs, which

 

19


Table of Contents

could have an adverse effect on our profitability. We may be subject to work stoppages and may be, affected by other labor disputes. Additionally, a work stoppage at one or more of our customers or our customers’ suppliers could adversely affect our operations if an alternative source of supply were not readily available. Stoppages by employees of our customers also could result in reduced demand for our products and have material adverse effect on our business.

Our success depends in part on our development of improved products, and our efforts may fail to meet the needs of customers on a timely or cost-effective basis.

Our continued success depends on our ability to maintain advanced technological capabilities, machinery, and knowledge necessary to adapt to changing market demands as well as to develop and commercialize innovative products. We may not be able to develop new products as successfully as in the past or be able to keep pace with technological developments by our competitors and the industry generally. In addition, we may develop specific technologies and capabilities in anticipation of customers’ demands for new innovations and technologies. If such demand does not materialize, we may be unable to recover the costs incurred in such programs. If we are unable to recover these costs or if any such programs do not progress as expected, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to operate our company effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain key personnel.

Our ability to operate our business and implement our strategies depends, in part, on the efforts of our key employees. The severe down turn in the auto industry may add additional pressure to our ability to retain key employees. In addition, our future success will depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain other qualified personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key employees or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or business prospects.

Our Sponsors may have conflicts of interest with us in the future.

Our Sponsors beneficially own approximately 98.6% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Additionally, we have entered into a stockholders’ agreement with the Sponsors that grants them certain preemptive rights to purchase additional equity and rights to designate members of our Board of Directors. As a result, our Sponsors have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether or not other stockholders or noteholders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests.

Additionally, our Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as our Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Our intellectual property portfolio is subject to legal challenges.

We have developed and actively pursue developing proprietary technology in the automotive industry and rely on intellectual property laws and a number of patents in many jurisdictions to protect such technology. However, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without authorization. If we had to litigate to protect these rights, any proceedings could be costly, and we may not prevail. We also face increasing exposure to the claims of others for infringement of intellectual property rights. We may have material intellectual property claims asserted against us in the future and could incur significant costs or losses related to such claims.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our pension plans are currently underfunded and we may have to make cash payments to the plans, reducing the cash available for our business.

We sponsor various pension plans worldwide that are underfunded and will require cash payments. Additionally, if the performance of the assets in our pension plans does not meet our expectations, or if other actuarial assumptions are modified, our required contributions may be higher than we expect. If our cash flow from operations is insufficient to fund our worldwide pension liability, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, seek additional capital, or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2008, our $251.8 million projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) for U.S. pension benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of the relevant plans’ assets, which totaled $162.6 million, by $89.2 million. Additionally, the international employees’ plans’ PBO exceeded plan assets by approximately $72.4 million at December 31, 2008. The PBO for other postretirement benefits (“OPEB”) was $68.5 million at December 31, 2008. Our estimated funding requirement for pensions and OPEB during 2009 is approximately $19.4 million. Net periodic pension costs for U.S. and international plans, including pension benefits and OPEB, were $19.1 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Notes 9 and 10).

We are subject to a broad range of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, and local environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations in the United States and other countries, including those governing emissions to air, discharges to water, noise and odor emissions; the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal of waste materials; the cleanup of contaminated properties; and human health and safety. We may incur substantial costs associated with hazardous substance contamination or exposure, including cleanup costs, fines, and civil or criminal sanctions, third party property or natural resource damage, or personal injury claims, or costs to upgrade or replace existing equipment, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws or non-compliance with environmental permits required at our locations. In addition, many of our current and former facilities are located on properties with long histories of industrial or commercial operations and some of these properties have been subject to certain environmental investigations and remediation activities. Because some environmental laws (such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act) can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup upon any of the current or former owners or operators, retroactively and regardless of fault, we could become liable for investigating or remediating contamination at these or other properties (including offsite locations). We may not always be in complete compliance with all applicable requirements of environmental law or regulation, and we may incur material costs or liabilities in connection with such requirements. In addition, new environmental requirements or changes to existing requirements, or in their enforcement, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We have made and will continue to make expenditures to comply with environmental requirements. While our costs to defend and settle claims arising under environmental laws in the past have not been material, such costs may be material in the future. For more information about our environmental compliance and potential environmental liabilities, see “Item 1. Business – Environmental.”

If our acquisition strategy is not successful, we may not achieve our growth and profit objectives.

We may selectively pursue complementary acquisitions in the future as part of our growth strategy. While we will evaluate business opportunities on a regular basis, we may not be successful in identifying any attractive acquisitions. We may not have, or be able to raise on acceptable terms, sufficient financial resources to make acquisitions. In addition, any acquisitions we make will be subject to all of the risks inherent in an acquisition strategy, including integrating financial and operational reporting systems; establishing satisfactory budgetary and other financial controls; funding increased capital needs and overhead expenses; obtaining management personnel required for expanded operations; and funding cash flow shortages that may occur if anticipated sales and revenues are not realized or are delayed, whether by general economic or market conditions or unforeseen internal difficulties.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our amount of leverage creates significant risk.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, seek additional capital, or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. The Senior Credit Facilities and the indentures under which the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes were issued restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Despite our current leverage, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks that we and our subsidiaries face.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Our revolving credit facilities provide commitments of up to $115.0 million, of which $30.1 million was available for future borrowings as of December 31, 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, we have drawn substantially all of the revolving credit facilities balance that was available as of December 31, 2008.

Available Information

The Company makes available free of charge on or through its Internet website its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

22


Table of Contents
Item 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2008, our operations were conducted through 78 facilities in 18 countries, of which 68 are manufacturing facilities and ten are used for multiple purposes. Our corporate headquarters is located in Novi, Michigan. Our manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, Asia, South America, and Australia. We believe that substantially all of our properties are in good condition and that we have sufficient capacity to meet our current and projected manufacturing and design needs. The following table summarizes our property holdings:

 

Region

  

Division

  

Total Facilities

  

Owned Facilities

North America

   Body & Chassis    12    12
   Fluid    16    12
   Other**    5    —  

Asia

   Asia Pacific*    15    7
   Other    3    —  

Europe

   Body & Chassis    13    10
   Fluid    7    6
   Other    3    1

South America

   Body & Chassis    1    1
   Fluid    1    —  
   Other    1    —  

Australia

   Fluid    1    1

 

* Includes Asia Pacific properties that are included in Body & Chassis and Fluid for segment reporting.
** Includes Nishikawa Standard Company (“NISCO”) joint venture operations.

The Company’s global locations, and the number of facilities in each country with more than one facility, are as follows:

 

Americas

       

Europe

       

Asia Pacific

Brazil      Belgium       Australia
Camaçari      Gent       Adelaide
Varginha           
Sao Paulo*      Czech Republic       China
     Zdar       Changchun ¿
Canada            Chongqing
Georgetown, ON      France       Huai-an ¿
Glencoe, ON      Argenteuil*       Jingzhou ¿
Mitchell, ON      Baclair       Kunshan
Stratford, ON (3)      Creutzwald       Panyu ¿
     Lillebonne       Shanghai ¿
Mexico      Vitré       Wuhu
Aguascalientes           
Atlacomulco      Germany       India
Guaymas      Grünberg       Chennai
Juarez      Hockenheim       Dharuhera
Saltillo      Lindau       Ghaziabad ¿
Torreon (2)      Mannheim       Gurgaon ¿
     Marsberg       Pune
USA      Schelklingen      
Archbold, OH            Japan
Auburn, IN      Netherlands       Hiroshima*¿

 

23


Table of Contents

Americas

        

Europe

       

Asia Pacific

Auburn Hills, MI*       Amsterdam*       Nagoya*
Bowling Green, OH (2)            
Bremen, IN ¿       Italy       Korea
East Tawas, MI       Battipaglia       Cheong-Ju
Fairview, MI       Ciriè       Incheon*
Farmington Hills, MI*             Seo-Cheon
Gaylord, MI       Poland      
Goldsboro, NC (2)       Bielsko-Biala      
Leonard, MI       Dzierzoniow (2)      
Mt. Sterling, KY       Myslenice      
New Lexington, OH       Piotrkow      
Novi, MI*            
Oscoda, MI       Spain      
Spartanburg, SC       Getafe      
Surgoinsville, TN            
Topeka, IN ¿       United Kingdom      
      Coventry*      

 

* Denotes non-manufacturing locations.
¿ Denotes joint venture facility.
Denotes locations being closed in 2009.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation intellectual property matters, product related claims, tax claims, and employment matters. Although the outcome of legal matters cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that any matters with which we are currently involved, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition, or results of operations. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Note 14).

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

24


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Equity interests in Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. consist of shares of its common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. has been a privately held entity since its formation and no trading market exists for its common stock. At December 31, 2008, 3,479,100 shares of its common stock were issued and outstanding. As of that date, there were 21 holders of record of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. common stock.

Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. has never paid or declared a dividend. The declaration of any prospective dividends is at the discretion of the Board of Directors and would be dependent upon sufficient earnings, capital requirements, financial position, general economic conditions, state law requirements, and other relevant factors. Additionally, our agreement with our lenders prohibits payment of dividends, except stock dividends, without the lenders’ prior consent.

The following table presents all stock-based compensation plans of the Company at December 31, 2008:

 

     (a)    (b)    (c)

Compensation Plan

   Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options and Warrants
   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Options and
Warrants
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   219,615    $ 102.46    204,000

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —        —      —  
                

Total

   219,615    $ 102.46    204,000
                

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected financial data referred to as the Successor data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and as of December 31, 2004 and for the period from December 24, 2004 to December 31, 2004, have been derived from the consolidated audited financial statements of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants.

The selected financial data referred to as the Predecessor financial data as of the period from January 1, 2004 to December 23, 2004 have been derived from the combined audited financial statements of the automotive segment of Cooper Tire, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants. The information reflects our business as it historically operated within Cooper Tire, and includes certain assets and liabilities that we did not acquire or assume as part of the 2004 Acquisition. Also, on December 23, 2004, Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., which prior to the 2004 Acquisition never had any independent operations, purchased the automotive business represented in the historical Predecessor financial statements. As a result of applying the required purchase accounting rules to the 2004 Acquisition and accounting for the assets and liabilities that were not assumed in the 2004 Acquisition, our financial statements for the period following the acquisition were significantly affected. The application of purchase accounting rules required us to revalue our assets and liabilities, which resulted in different accounting bases being applied in different periods. As a result, historical combined financial data included in this Form 10-K in Predecessor statements may not reflect what our actual financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had we operated as a separate, stand-alone company as of and for those periods presented.

 

25


Table of Contents

The audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

You should read the following data in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. included elsewhere in this Form 10-K (Information presented in millions).

 

     Predecessor     Successor  
     January 1, 2004
to December 23,
2004
    December 24, 2004
to December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Statement of operations

            

Net sales

   $ 1,858.9     $ 4.7     $ 1,827.4     $ 2,164.3     $ 2,511.2     $ 2,594.6  

Cost of products sold

     1,539.1       4.7       1,550.2       1,832.1       2,114.1       2,260.1  
                                                

Gross profit

     319.8       —         277.2       332.2       397.1       334.5  

Selling, administration, & engineering expenses

     177.5       5.2       169.7       199.8       222.1       231.7  

Amortization of intangibles

     0.7       —         28.2       31.0       31.9       31.0  

Impairment charges

     —         —         —         13.2       146.4       33.4  

Restructuring

     21.2       —         3.0       23.9       26.4       38.3  
                                                

Operating profit

     120.4       (5.2 )     76.3       64.3       (29.7 )     0.1  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     (1.8 )     (5.7 )     (66.6 )     (87.2 )     (89.5 )     (92.9 )

Equity earnings

     1.0       —         2.8       0.2       2.2       0.9  

Other income (expense)

     (2.1 )     4.6       (1.3 )     7.0       (1.1 )     (0.3 )
                                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     117.5       (6.3 )     11.2       (15.7 )     (118.1 )     (92.2 )

Provision for income taxes (benefit)

     34.2       (1.8 )     2.4       (7.3 )     32.9       29.3  
                                                

Net income (loss)

   $ 83.3     $ (4.5 )   $ 8.8     $ (8.4 )   $ (151.0 )   $ (121.5 )
                                                

Statement of cash flows data

            

Net cash provided (used) by:

            

Operating activities

   $ 132.2     $ 29.3     $ 113.0     $ 135.9     $ 185.4     $ 136.5  

Investment activities

     (53.5 )     (1,132.9 )     (133.0 )     (281.8 )     (260.0 )     (73.9 )

Financing activities

     (109.6 )     1,189.3       (7.2 )     147.6       55.0       14.1  

Other financial data

            

Capital expenditures

   $ 62.7     $ 0.3     $ 54.5     $ 82.9     $ 107.3     $ 92.1  

Balance sheet data

            

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 83.7     $ 62.2     $ 56.3     $ 40.9     $ 111.5  

Net working capital (1)

       123.1       162.9       212.1       249.8       154.5  

Total assets

       1,812.3       1,734.2       1,911.4       2,162.3       1,818.3  

Total non-current liabilities

       1,165.0       1,117.9       1,259.4       1,359.8       1,351.4  

Total debt (2)

       912.7       902.5       1,055.5       1,140.2       1,144.1  

Net parent investment / Stockholders’ equity

       318.2       312.2       320.7       268.6       15.2  

 

(1) Net working capital is defined as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding debt payable within one year).
(2) Includes term loans, bonds, $1.5 million in capital leases, $60.9 million of revolving credit, and $28.4 million of other third-party debt at December 31, 2008.

 

26


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company contains certain forward-looking statements relating to anticipated future financial conditions and operating results of the Company and its current business plans. In the future, the financial condition and operating results of the Company could differ materially from those discussed herein and its current business plans could be altered in response to market conditions and other factors beyond the Company’s control. Important factors that could cause or contribute to such differences or changes include those discussed elsewhere in this report. See “Item 1. Business – Forward Looking Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

Basis of Presentation

Prior to the 2004 Acquisition, the automotive segment of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company (referred to as the “Predecessor”) did not operate as a stand-alone business, but as a reportable business segment of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company (“Cooper Tire”). The financial information of the Predecessor represents the combined results of operations and cash flows of the automotive business segment of Cooper Tire and reflects the historical basis of accounting without any application of purchase accounting for the 2004 Acquisition. The financial information of the Company following the 2004 Acquisition (referred to as the “Successor”) included in this Form 10-K represents our consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and our consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and reflects the application of purchase accounting.

Company Overview

We design, manufacture, and sell body sealing, NVH control and fluid handling components, systems, subsystems, and modules for use in passenger vehicles and light trucks manufactured by global OEMs. In 2008, approximately 76% of our sales consisted of original equipment sold directly to the OEMs for installation on new vehicles. The remaining 24% of our sales were primarily to Tier I and Tier II suppliers. Accordingly, sales of our products are directly affected by the annual vehicle production of OEMs, and in particular the production levels of the vehicles for which we provide specific parts. In most cases, our products are custom designed and engineered for a specific vehicle platform. Our sales and product development personnel frequently work directly with the OEMs’ engineering departments in the design and development of our various products.

Although each OEM may emphasize different requirements as the primary criteria for judging its suppliers, we believe success as an automotive supplier generally requires outstanding performance with respect to price, quality, service, performance, design and engineering capabilities, innovation, and timely delivery. As such, we believe our continued commitment to investment in our engineering and design capability, including enhanced computerized software design capabilities, is important to future success, and many of our present initiatives are designed to enhance these capabilities. To remain competitive we must also consistently achieve cost savings; we believe we will continue to be successful in our efforts to improve our engineering, design and manufacturing processes, and implement our Lean initiatives.

Our OEM sales are generally based upon purchase orders issued by the OEMs and as such we do not have a backlog of orders at any point in time. Once selected to supply products for a particular platform, we typically supply those products for the platform life, which is normally six to eight years, although there is no guarantee that this will occur. In addition, when we are the incumbent supplier to a given platform, we believe we have an advantage in winning the redesign or replacement platform.

We provide parts to virtually every major global OEM for use on a multitude of different platforms. However, we generate a significant portion of our sales from the Detroit 3-Ford, General Motors and Chrysler. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our sales to the global operations of Ford, General Motors, and Chrysler comprised approximately 25%, 16%, and 7% of our net sales, respectively. Significant reduction of our sales to or the loss of any one of these customers or any significant reduction in these customers’ market shares could have a material adverse effect on the financial results of our company.

While approximately 48% of sales are generated in North America, our considerable market share throughout the world provides some additional risks. Historically, our operations in Canada and Western Europe have not presented materially different risks or problems from those we have encountered in the United States, although the cost and complexity of streamlining operations in certain European countries is greater than would be the case in the United States. This is due primarily to labor laws in those countries

 

27


Table of Contents

that can make reducing employment levels more time-consuming and expensive than in the United States. We believe the risks of conducting business in less developed markets, including Brazil, Mexico, Poland, Czech Republic, China, Korea and India are sometimes greater than in the U.S., Canadian, and Western European markets. This is due to the potential for currency volatility, high interest, inflation rates, and the general political and economic instability that are associated with these markets.

Business Environment and Outlook

Our business is greatly affected by the automotive build rates in North America and Europe. New vehicle demand is driven by macro-economic and other factors such as interest rates, manufacturer and dealer sales incentives, fuel prices, consumer confidence, and employment and income growth trends. The severe global financial crisis that started in the second half of 2008 has reduced vehicle demand to historic lows putting severe financial stress on the entire automotive industry.

Competition in the automotive supplier industry is intense and has increased in recent years as OEMs have demonstrated a preference for stronger relationships with fewer suppliers. There are typically three or more significant competitors and numerous smaller competitors for most of the products we produce. However, the financial crisis and difficult industry environment is expected to result in significant consolidation among suppliers which will provide conquest opportunities for larger global suppliers.

OEMs have shifted some research and development, design, and testing responsibility to suppliers, while at the same time shortening new product cycle times. To remain competitive, suppliers must have state-of-the-art engineering and design capabilities and must be able to continuously improve their engineering, design, and manufacturing processes to effectively service the customer. Suppliers are increasingly expected to collaborate on or assume the product design and development of key automotive components, and to provide value added solutions under more stringent time frames.

Pricing pressure has continued as competition for market share has reduced the overall profitability of the industry and resulted in continued pressure on suppliers for price concessions. The market shares of the Detroit 3 has declined in recent years and may continue to decline in the future. This pricing pressure along with the current financial crisis will continue to drive our focus on reducing our overall cost structure through lean initiatives, capital redeployment, restructuring and other cost management processes.

In addition to the cost-reduction actions taken through the end of the year ended December 31, 2008 which are described under “Restructuring” beginning on page 41, on March 26, 2009, the Company announced the implementation of a comprehensive plan involving the discontinuation of its global product line operating divisions, formerly called the Body & Chassis Systems division and the Fluid Systems division, and the establishment of a new operating structure organized on the basis of geographic regions. The Company will now operate from two divisions, North America and International (covering Europe, South America and Asia). This new operating structure allows the Company to maintain its full portfolio of global products and provide unified customer contact points, while better managing its operating costs and resources in severe industry conditions. It will result in a reduction in the Company’s worldwide salaried workforce of approximately 20 percent.

In the year ended December 31, 2008, our business was negatively impacted by reduced OEM production volumes as a result of several factors, including a prolonged strike at a major Tier One supplier and high oil prices in the first half of the year, but most significantly due to overall negative macroeconomic conditions in the second half of the year. These included disruptions in the financial markets which limited access to credit, a significant decline in the demand for and production of passenger cars and light trucks and a deterioration in the financial condition of certain of our customers. According to CSM Worldwide, actual North America and Europe light vehicle production volumes for the year ended December 31, 2008 were 12.6 million and 20.5 million units, respectively, as compared to 15.1 million and 21.7 million units, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. Additionally, we continued to experience significant pricing pressure from our customers despite volume declines. These negative impacts were partially offset

 

28


Table of Contents

by favorable foreign currency translation in the first half of 2008. Our performance in 2008 has been, and will continue to be, impacted by changes in light vehicle production volumes, platform mix, customer pricing pressures, and the cost of raw materials.

Results of Operations

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
(Dollar amounts in thousands)                   

Sales

   $ 2,164,262     $ 2,511,153     $ 2,594,577  

Cost of products sold

     1,832,027       2,114,039       2,260,063  
                        

Gross profit

     332,235       397,114       334,514  

Selling, administration, & engineering expenses

     199,739       222,134       231,709  

Amortization of intangibles

     31,025       31,850       30,996  

Impairment charges

     13,247       146,366       33,369  

Restructuring

     23,905       26,386       38,300  
                        

Operating profit (loss)

     64,319       (29,622 )     140  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     (87,147 )     (89,577 )     (92,894 )

Equity earnings

     179       2,207       897  

Other income (expense)

     6,985       (1,055 )     (299 )
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (15,664 )     (118,047 )     (92,156 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (7,244 )     32,946       29,295  
                        

Net loss

   $ (8,420 )   $ (150,993 )   $ (121,451 )
                        

Year ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Net Sales: Our net sales increased from $2,511.2 million in 2007 to $2,594.6 million in 2008, an increase of $83.4 million, or 3.3%. The increase resulted primarily from the full twelve months impact of the MAPS, El Jarudo and MAP India acquisitions and favorable foreign exchange rates ($70.6 million) partially offset by lower volume. In North America, our sales decreased by $282.0 million primarily due to lower unit sales volume partially offset by $5.8 million of favorable foreign currency translation. In our international operations, a sales increase of $365.4 million was attributable to a combination of factors including the acquisition of MAPS and MAP India, $64.8 million of favorable impact of foreign currency translation and higher unit sales volumes partially offset by customer price concessions.

Gross Profit: Gross profit decreased $62.6 million to 12.9% of sales in 2008, as compared to 15.8% of sales in 2007. This decrease resulted primarily from reduced North America volume, and unfavorable mix.

Operating Profit (Loss): Operating profit in 2008 was $0.1 million compared to an operating loss reported in 2007, of $29.6 million. This increase is primarily due to the impairment charges of $146.4 million in 2007 compared to $33.4 million in 2008 partially offset by reduced volumes, increased material costs and unfavorable foreign exchange.

Impairment Charges: In 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $21.9 million in the International Fluid reporting unit of our Global Fluid segment and an impairment charge of $1.2 million in the International Body & Chassis reporting unit of our Global Body & Chassis segment. These charges are a result of a weakening global economy, a global decline in vehicle production volumes and changes in product mix. Also, in 2008 the Company recorded intangible impairment charges of $2.3 million and $1.6 million related to Fluid and Body & Chassis technology, respectively. Based on a discounted cash flow analysis it was determined that the historical cost of these intangible assets exceeded their fair value and impairment charges were recorded. Also, in 2008 the Company recorded fixed asset impairment charges of $6.4 million.

 

29


Table of Contents

In 2007 we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $142.9 million and charges of $3.5 million related to the impairment of certain intangible assets within the North America Fluid reporting unit of our Fluid segment. These charges resulted from projected declines in anticipated production volumes and a change in the production mix for certain key platforms in North America since the 2004 acquisition as well as the impact of increases in material costs and customer price concessions in North America.

Interest Expense, net: Interest expense increased by $3.3 million in 2008, primarily due to increased indebtedness resulting from the acquisition of MAPS and increased short-term borrowings.

Other Expense: Other expense was $0.3 million in 2008 as a result of foreign currency losses of $0.9 million and loss on sale of receivables of $2.2 million, partially offset by minority interest income of $1.1 million and gain on debt repurchase of $1.7 million. Other expense of $1.1 million in 2007 was primarily a result of foreign currency losses of $0.5 million and minority interest expense of $0.6 million.

Provision for Income Tax Expense (Benefit): Income taxes in 2007 included an expense of $32.9 million for an effective rate of (27.9%) as compared to income tax expense of $29.3 million for an effective rate of (31.8%) in 2008. Tax expense in 2008 is primarily a result of the nondeductible nature of the goodwill impairment charge; valuation allowances recorded on tax losses and credits generated in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions; the write-off of deferred tax assets in the U.K.; the distribution of income between the U.S. and foreign sources; and other non-recurring discrete items.

Year ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Net Sales: Our net sales increased from $2,164.3 million in 2006 to $2,511.2 million in 2007, an increase of $346.9 million, or 16.0%. The increase resulted primarily from the acquisition of MAPS and El Jarudo, favorable foreign exchange rates ($86.9 million) and higher unit sales volume partially offset by customer price concessions. In North America, our sales increased by $67.0 million primarily due to the acquisition of El Jarudo and $20.2 million of favorable foreign currency translation, partially offset by lower unit sales volumes and customer price concessions. In our international operations, a sales increase of $279.9 million was attributable to a combination of factors including the acquisition of MAPS, $66.7 million favorable impact of foreign currency translation and higher unit sales volumes partially offset by customer price concessions.

Gross Profit: Gross profit increased $64.9 million to 15.8% of sales in 2007, as compared to 15.4% of sales in 2006. This increase resulted primarily from the acquisition of MAPS and El Jarudo combined with the favorable impact of various cost saving initiatives and favorable foreign exchange rates, partially offset by customer price concessions and increased material costs.

Operating Profit (Loss): Operating loss in 2007 was $29.6 million compared to an operating profit reported in 2006, of $64.3 million. This decrease is primarily due to the impairment charges of $146.4 million and an increase in selling, administration and engineering expenses primarily due to the acquisitions of MAPS and El Jarudo, partially offset by gross profit increase of $64.9 million.

Impairment Charges: In 2007 we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $142.9 million and write off charges of $3.5 million related to certain intangible assets within the North America Fluid reporting unit of our Fluid segment. These charges result from a recent and projected decline in anticipated production volumes and a change in the production mix for certain key platforms in North America since the 2004 acquisition as well as the impact of recent increases in material costs and customer price concessions in North America. In 2006, as a result of operating results in the Body & Chassis reportable segment, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $7.5 million and impairment charges of $5.8 million related to certain developed technology intangible assets. The impairment was recognized in our NVH segment in 2006. During 2007 we revised our segments and the NVH segment was combined with the Sealing segment to create the Body & Chassis segment.

 

30


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, net: Interest expense increased by $2.4 million in 2007, primarily due to increased indebtedness resulting from the acquisition of MAPS and amortization of issuance costs associated with such borrowings.

Other Income (Expense): Other expense was $1.1 million in 2007 as a result of foreign currency losses of $0.5 million and minority interest expense of $0.6 million. Other income of $7.0 million in 2006 was primarily a result of a $4.1 million net gain related to the purchase of Senior Subordinated Notes, foreign exchange gains of $3.8 million, offset by a minority interest loss of $0.9 million.

Provision for Income Tax Expense (Benefit): Income taxes changed from a benefit of $7.2 million for an effective rate 46.2% in 2006 to an income tax expense of $32.9 million for an effective rate of (27.9%) in 2007. Tax expense in 2007 is primarily a result of the nondeductible nature of the goodwill impairment charge; valuation allowances recorded on tax losses and credits generated in the U.S.; tax rate changes enacted during 2007 in the Czech Republic, Canada, Germany, Spain and the United Kingdom resulting in additional expense related to the impact of deferred taxes recorded in those jurisdictions; the distribution of income between the U.S. and foreign sources; and other non-recurring discrete items. In 2006, the Company provided a benefit for net operating losses in the U.S. until that point when deferred tax assets exceeded the related liabilities and the recoverability was no longer assured beyond a reasonable doubt.

Segment Results of Operations

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  

Sales

      

Body & Chassis

   $ 1,100,390     $ 1,317,621     $ 1,523,314  

Fluid

     971,122       1,096,944       979,601  

Asia Pacific (1)

     92,750       96,588       91,662  
                        
   $ 2,164,262     $ 2,511,153     $ 2,594,577  
                        

Segment profit (loss)

      

Body & Chassis

   $ (26,108 )   $ 33,993     $ (16,919 )

Fluid

     19,173       (137,913 )     (49,556 )

Asia Pacific (1)

     (8,729 )     (14,127 )     (25,681 )
                        
   $ (15,664 )   $ (118,047 )   $ (92,156 )
                        

 

(1) The Asia Pacific segment consists of both Body & Chassis and Fluid products in that region with the exception of the joint venture with Shanghai SAIC, which was purchased as part of the MAPS acquisition and the MAP India joint venture. These joint ventures are included in the Body & Chassis segment which is in line with the internal management structure.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Body & Chassis: Sales increased $205.7 million, or 15.6%, primarily due to the MAPS and MAP India acquisitions, favorable foreign exchange ($39.5 million), partially offset by lower sales volume. Segment profit decreased by $50.9 million as the result of lower sales volume, unfavorable sales mix, higher raw material costs and impairment charges of $5.2 million, partially offset by the acquisition of MAPS and MAP India.

Fluid: Sales decreased $117.3 million, or 10.7%, primarily due to lower sales volume, partially offset by favorable foreign exchange ($34.1 million). Segment profit increased by $88.4 million as the result of impairment charges related to goodwill ($21.9 million), intangible assets ($2.3 million) and fixed assets

 

31


Table of Contents

($4.1 million), compared to 2007 impairment charges of ($146.4 million) and the favorable impact of various cost saving initiatives. These favorable items were partially offset by reduced volumes, unfavorable sales mix, increased material costs and unfavorable foreign exchange.

Asia Pacific: Sales decreased $4.9 million, or 5.1%, primarily due to unfavorable foreign exchange ($3.0 million) and lower sales volume. Segment loss increased by $11.6 million as a result of increased restructuring costs related to the previously announced restructuring initiative in Australia and as a result of start-up related costs for operations in this region.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Body & Chassis: Sales increased $217.2 million, or 19.7%, primarily due to the acquisition of MAPS, higher sales volumes and favorable foreign exchange ($47.6 million), partially offset by customer price concessions. Segment profit increased by $60.1 million as the result of favorable impact of various cost savings initiatives and the acquisition of MAPS, partially offset by higher raw material costs and customer price concessions.

Fluid: Sales increased $125.8 million, or 13.0%, primarily due to the acquisition of El Jarudo, the full year impact of the FHS acquisition, higher sales volumes, and favorable foreign exchange ($37.5 million), partially offset by customer price concessions. Segment profit decreased by $157.1 million as the result of impairment charges related to goodwill in the North America reporting unit ($142.9 million), and intangible assets ($3.5 million), customer price concessions, higher raw material costs, and increased restructuring costs ($4.3 million). Such items were partially offset by the inclusion of El Jarudo, favorable foreign exchange, and the favorable impact of various cost savings initiatives.

Asia Pacific: Sales increased $3.8 million, or 4.1%, primarily due to favorable foreign exchange ($1.8 million) and higher sales volume, partially offset by customer price concessions. Segment loss increased by $5.4 million as a result of start up related costs for operations in this region, partially offset by the favorable impact of various cost savings initiatives.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have provided a guarantee of a portion of the bank loans made to NISCO, our joint venture with Nishikawa Rubber Company. This debt guarantee is required of the partners by the joint-venture agreement and serves to support the credit-worthiness of NISCO. On July 1, 2003, NISCO entered into an additional bank loan with the joint venture partners each guaranteeing an equal portion of the amount borrowed. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” guarantees meeting the characteristics described in the Interpretation are required to be recorded at fair value. We did not have any exposure under the guarantee arrangements at December 31, 2008.

As a part of its working capital management, the Company sells certain foreign receivables through third party financial institutions without recourse. The amount sold varies each month based on the amount of underlying receivables and cash flow needs of the Company.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had $43.5 million of receivable outstanding under receivables transfer agreements entered into by various foreign locations. The Company incurred losses on the sale of the receivables for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $2.2 million and is recorded in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company is continuing to service receivables for one of the locations. These are permitted transactions under the Company’s credit agreement. The Company is also pursuing similar arrangements in various locations.

As of December 31, 2008 we had no other material off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

32


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Operating Activities: Cash flow provided by operations was $136.5 million in 2008, which included $55.6 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities. Cash flow provided by operations was $185.4 million in 2007, which included $9.9 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Investing Activities: Cash used in investing activities was $73.9 million in 2008, which primarily consisted of $92.1 million of capital spending partially offset by gross proceeds of $8.6 million from a sale-leaseback transaction and $4.8 million of proceeds from the sale of fixed assets. This compared to $260.0 million in 2007, which primarily consisted of acquisition cost of $158.7 million related to the acquisition of El Jarudo, MAPS, and MAP India, capital spending of $107.3 million, less $4.8 million received from a sale-leaseback transaction. We anticipate that we will spend approximately $60.0 million to $70.0 million on capital expenditures in 2009.

Financing Activities: Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $14.1 million in 2008, which consisted primarily of net increase of short-term debt, partially offset by, normal debt payments and repurchase of bonds as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $55.0 million in 2007. The 2007 cash provided by financing activities was primarily comprised of proceeds from issuance of acquisition-related debt of $60.0 million, proceeds from issuance of stock of $30.0 million and a net increase of short term debt of $6.2 million, partially offset by normal debt repayments and voluntary prepayments on our term loans of $37.6 million and $3.1 million of debt issuance costs.

Since the consummation of the 2004 Acquisition, we have been significantly leveraged. As of December 31, 2008, we have $1,144.1 million outstanding in aggregate indebtedness, with an additional $30.1 million of borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facilities (after giving effect to outstanding borrowings of $60.9 million and $24.0 million of standby letters of credit). During the first quarter of 2009, we have drawn substantially all of the revolving credit facilities balance that was available as of December 31, 2008. Our future liquidity requirements will likely be significant, primarily due to debt service obligations. Future debt service obligations may include required prepayments from annual excess cash flows, as defined, under our senior credit agreement commencing with the year ended December 31, 2009, which would be due 5 days after the filing of the Form 10-K, or in connection with specific transactions, such as certain asset sales and the incurrence of debt not permitted under the senior credit agreement.

On December 24, 2008, the Company unwound one of the interest rate swaps which resulted in a cash settlement on January 2, 2009 of $9.9 million including accrued interest of $0.4 million to the counterparty that required, per the ISDA (“International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.”) that covered the swap contract, to terminate the swap upon the Company’s credit rating falling below B3.

Senior Credit Facilities. In connection with the 2004 Acquisition, Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and Cooper-Standard Automotive Canada Limited entered into a Credit Agreement with various lending institutions, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as syndication agent, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., UBS Securities LLC and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as co- documentation agents (with subsequent amendments thereto, and with related agreements, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). The Senior Credit Facilities consist of revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities.

Our revolving credit facilities provide for loans in a total principal amount of up to $125.0 million with a maturity of 2010. Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (LCPI) had a $10.0 million commitment to the Company as part of our $125.0 million revolving credit facility. Recently LCPI filed for bankruptcy protection and the revolver availability was effectively reduced by their position, therefore the revolving credit facility currently provides for borrowing up to $115.0 million. The Company is seeking to have this commitment replaced by another financial institution.

The Senior Credit Facilities include a Term Loan A facility of the Canadian dollar equivalent of $51.3 million with a maturity of 2010, a Term Loan B facility of $115.0 million with a maturity of December 2011 and a Term Loan C facility of $185.0 million with a maturity of December 2011. The term loans were used to fund the 2004 Acquisition. As described below the Company also has a Term Loan D and Term Loan E as part of its Senior Credit Facilities.

 

33


Table of Contents

The borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities denominated in US dollars bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our or the Canadian Borrower’s option, as applicable, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (or another bank of recognized standing reasonably selected by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas) and (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (b) LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in US dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities denominated in Canadian dollars bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, either (a) an adjusted Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank AG, Canada Branch for commercial loans made in Canada in Canadian dollars and (2) the average rate per annum for Canadian dollar bankers’ acceptances having a term of 30 days that appears of Reuters Screen CDOR Page plus 0.75% or (b) bankers’ acceptances rate determined by reference to the average discount rate on bankers’ acceptances as quoted on Reuters Screen CDOR Page or as quoted by certain Canadian reference lenders.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facilities in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum. We also pay customary letter of credit fees.

The Term Loan B facility and the Term Loan C facility amortize each year in an amount equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on the date that is seven years from the date of the closing of the Senior Credit Facilities. During 2007 we made voluntary prepayments totaling $15.0 million on the Term Loan B facility and $7.0 million on the Term Loan C facility. The Term Loan A facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments of C$1.538 million in 2005 and 2006, C$2.308 million in 2007 and 2008, and C$3.846 million in 2009 and 2010.

On February 6, 2006, in conjunction with the closing of the FHS acquisition, we amended our Senior Credit Facilities and closed on Term Loan D with a notional amount of $215.0 million. The amount of the additional term loan was based on the purchase price of the acquisition and anticipated transaction costs. Term Loan D matures on December 23, 2011 and carries terms and conditions similar to those found in the remainder of our Term B and C Facilities. Term Loan D was structured as two tranches, $190.0 million borrowed in U.S. dollars, and €20.7 million borrowed in Euros. The financing was split between currencies to take into consideration the value of the European assets acquired in the FHS transaction.

On July 26, 2007, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment permitted the MAPS acquisition and allows the Company to borrow up to €65.0 million through an incremental term loan under the Credit Agreement (as amended) to provide a portion of the funding necessary for the MAPS Acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses. The Second Amendment also expands the dual currency borrowing sub limit under the Revolving Credit Agreement to $35.0 million and adds Cooper-Standard International Holdings BV as a permitted borrower under this sub limit. The Second Amendment includes other changes which increase the Company’s financial and operating flexibility, including amended financial covenants, expanded debt and investment baskets, and the ability to include the results of our non-consolidated joint ventures in the covenant calculations, among other things.

To finance part of the MAPS acquisition the Company borrowed €44.0 million under the Second Amendment discussed above. This borrowing was combined with the Euro tranche of the Term Loan D to create Term Loan E and as of December 31, 2007 had an outstanding balance of €64.1 million. The Company also borrowed $10.0 million under the Primary Revolving Credit Agreement, which was repaid in its entirety by September 30, 2007. In addition the Company borrowed €15.0 million under the dual-currency sub limit of the revolver, which was repaid in its entirety as of December 31, 2007.

On December 18, 2008, the Company entered into a Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”). The Third Amendment provides that the Company and/or its Canadian subsidiary may

 

34


Table of Contents

voluntarily prepay up to a maximum of $150.0 million of one or more tranches of its term loan debt under the Credit Agreement held by participating lenders at a discount price to par to be determined pursuant to certain auction procedures. The prepayments may be financed with cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries if they meet, on a consolidated basis, certain conditions set forth in the Third Amendment including a $125.0 million minimum liquidity requirement (which amount includes cash and cash equivalents and any amounts available to be drawn under the Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facility). Such prepayments may not be made from the proceeds of loans drawn under the Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facility. The prepayments may also be financed with the proceeds of certain equity contributions from holders of equity of the Company. Under the terms of the Third Amendment, any such prepayments will reduce the amount of term loans outstanding and payable in indirect order of maturity.

The Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to sell assets; incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; repay other indebtedness (including the notes); pay certain dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock; create liens on assets; make investments, loans, or advances; make certain acquisitions; engage in mergers or consolidations; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend certain material agreements governing our indebtedness, including the exchange notes; and change the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries

Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes

Our outstanding 7% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Senior Notes”) were issued under an Indenture, dated December 23, 2004 (the “Senior Indenture”). Our 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) were also issued under an Indenture, dated December 23, 2004 (the “Subordinated Indenture” and, together with the Senior Indenture, the “Indentures”). During 2006 we repurchased $19.5 million notional amount of our Senior Subordinated Notes for $14.9 million. During 2008 we repurchased $7.2 million notional amount of our Senior Subordinated notes for $5.3 million.

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 7% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005. The Company makes each interest payment to the holders of record of the Senior Notes on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.

Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 8 3/8% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005. The Company makes each interest payment to the holders of record of the Senior Subordinated Notes on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes (a) is unsecured senior indebtedness of the Company, (b) ranks pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, and (c) is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations (as used in respect of the Senior Notes) of the Company. The Senior Notes are also effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and to all indebtedness of its Subsidiaries (other than the subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Notes).

The Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes is unsecured senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company, is subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Subordinated Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or temporary cash investments when due of all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, including the Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes and the Credit Agreement, ranks pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company, and is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations (as used in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Company. The Senior Subordinated Notes are also effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries (other than the subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes).

 

35


Table of Contents

Under each Indenture, upon the occurrence of any “change of control” (as defined in each Indenture), unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the outstanding Notes of each holder of Notes of the applicable series shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase such noteholder’s Notes of such series at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of the applicable Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The change of control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management.

The Credit Agreement provides that the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect to us would constitute a default thereunder. The Company, its directors, officers, employees or affiliates may, from time-to-time, purchase or sell Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes on the open market, subject to limits as specified in the Credit Agreement and, with respect to purchases of Senior Subordinated Notes, limits in the Senior Indenture.

The Indentures limit our (and most or all of our subsidiaries’) ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

   

use assets as security in other transactions; and

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indentures permit us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness.

Our compliance with certain of the covenants contained in the Indentures and in our Credit Agreement is determined based on financial ratios that are derived using our reported EBITDA, as adjusted for certain items described in those agreements. We refer to EBITDA as adjusted under the Credit Agreement as “Consolidated EBITDA”. The Credit Agreement provides, among other covenants, for a maximum “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” as of specified dates, which means the ratio of the Company’s total senior secured indebtedness on such date, as defined in the agreement, to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date. The breach of such covenants in our Credit Agreement could result in a default thereunder and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. Any such acceleration would also result in a default under the Indentures. Additionally, under our Credit Agreement and Indentures, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments, and paying dividends is limited, with exceptions that are either partially tied to similar financial ratios (in the case of the Indentures) or are based on negotiated carveouts and baskets (in the case of the Credit Agreement).

We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Consolidated EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants. However, EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and do not purport to be alternatives to net income as a measure of operating performance. Additionally, EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments, debt service requirements, and capital expenditures. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and pro forma Consolidated EBITDA under the Credit Agreement (dollars in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Net loss

   $ (8.4 )   $ (151.0 )   $ (121.5 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (7.2 )     32.9       29.3  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     87.1       89.6       92.9  

Depreciation and amortization

     138.4       136.0       140.1  
                        

EBITDA

   $ 209.9     $ 107.5     $ 140.8  

Restructuring (1)

     23.9       26.4       30.6  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss (2)

     (2.9 )     (0.1 )     0.1  

Inventory write-up(3)

     2.1       2.5       —    

Transition and integration costs(4)

     1.4       1.5       0.5  

Product remediation(5)

     2.9       —         —    

Net gain on bond repurchase(6)

     (4.1 )     —         (1.7 )

Canadian voluntary retirement

     —         —         1.8  

Claim reserve(7)

     1.8       —         (0.6 )

Impairment charges(8)

     13.2       146.4       36.0  

Other

     —         1.5       2.7  
                        
     248.2       285.7       210.2  

Pro forma adjustments related to FHS (9)

     4.4       —         —    

Pro forma adjustments related to El Jarudo (10)

     —         1.7       —    

Pro forma adjustments related to MAPS (11)

     —         34.2       —    

Pro forma adjustments related to MAP India (12)

     —         2.7       —    

EBITDA adjustment related to other joint ventures (13)

     —         8.0       11.1  

Pro forma adjustments related to product line organization discontinuance (14)

     —         —         19.4  
                        

Consolidated EBITDA

   $ 252.6     $ 332.3     $ 240.7  
                        

 

(1) Includes non-cash restructuring charges.
(2) Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss on acquisition-related indebtedness.
(3) Write-ups of inventory to fair value at the dates of the 2004 Acquisition, acquisition of FHS, and acquisition of MAPS.
(4) Transition and integration costs related to the acquisition of FHS in 2006 and MAPS & El Jarudo in 2007 and MAPS and MAP India in 2008.
(5) Product rework and associated costs.
(6) Net gain on purchase of Senior Subordinated Notes in 2006 and 2008 of $19.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively.
(7) 2006 Reserve reflecting the Company’s best estimate of probable liability in connection with U.S. Bankruptcy Court claim filed by a customer to recover payments made by the customer to the Company allegedly constituting recoverable “preference” payments. 2008 reflects reduction in estimated liability to settlement amount.
(8) 2006-Impairment charges related to NVH goodwill ($7.5 million) and developed technology ($5.8 million). 2007-Impairment charges related to Fluid goodwill ($142.9) and certain intangibles ($3.5). 2008-Impairment charges related to Fluid goodwill ($21.9 million), certain intangibles ($2.3 million) and fixed assets ($4.1 million), related to Body & Chassis goodwill ($1.2 million), certain intangibles ($1.6 million) and fixed assets ($2.3 million) and Guyoung impairment ($2.6 million).

 

37


Table of Contents
(9) Pro forma adjustments to FHS’s reported EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2006 to February 6, 2006. Our credit agreement provides for Pro Forma retroactive adjustments for permitted acquisitions in this calculation.
(10) Pro forma adjustments to El Jarudo’s reported EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2007.
(11) Pro forma adjustments to MAPS reported EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2007 to August 31, 2007.
(12) Pro forma adjustments to MAP India reported EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2007 to December 27, 2007.
(13) The Company’s share of EBITDA in its joint ventures, net of equity earnings.
(14) Pro forma adjustments to the Company’s EBITDA for the initial phase of the Company’s discontinuance of its global product line operating divisions and the establishment of a new operating structure organized on the basis of geographic regions.

Our Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the four quarters ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the minimum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio provided for in the Credit Agreement, was as follows:

 

     Leverage Ratio at
December 31,
2008
   Covenant
Thresholds

Senior Credit Facilities

     

Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA ratio

   2.13 to 1.0    £  3.0 to 1.0

In addition, under the terms of our Credit Agreement, we are required to repay a portion of our indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities by a certain percentage, based on our leverage ratio, of our excess cash flow commencing with the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, we did not have to make any additional mandatory repayment.

As discussed in part 1, Item 1A “Risk Factors”, there are several risks and uncertainties related to the global economy and our industry that could materially impact our liquidity. Among potential outcomes, these risks and uncertainties could result in decreased operating results, limited access to credit and failure to comply with debt covenants.

During the second half of 2008, production volumes decreased significantly resulting in a decline in sales, operating income and EBITDA. This decline in operating results reduced cushion that existed within our restrictive financial covenants and increased the risk of a future debt covenant violation. As previously noted the future compliance of debt covenants will be dependent upon, amongst other matters, future vehicle production and our ability to implement the costs savings initiatives announced during the second half of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009.

Our current revenue forecast for 2009 is determined from specific platform volume projections consistent with a North American and European light vehicle production estimate of 9.3 million units and 16.7 million units, respectively. Changes to the total level of light vehicle production levels could have a negative impact on our future sales, liquidity, results of operations and ability to comply with debt covenants. We have taken significant actions during the second half of 2008 and first quarter of 2009 to reduce our cost base and improve profitability. Based on our current 2009 operating forecast and the impact of our cost reductions on our 2009 forecasted debt covenant calculation, we expect to comply with all debt covenants during 2009. While we believe the vehicle production and other assumptions within our forecast are reasonable, we have also considered the possibility of even weaker demand based primarily on a further decline in North American light vehicle production (to approximately 8 million units). In addition to the potential impact of

 

38


Table of Contents

light vehicle production changes on our sales, achieving our EBITDA forecast and 2009 debt covenant thresholds are dependent upon a number of other external and internal factors such as changes in raw material costs, changes in foreign currency rates, our ability to execute our cost savings initiatives, and our ability to implement and achieve the savings expected by the change in our operating structure.

We have also considered the potential consequences of a bankruptcy filing of one of our major North American customers and believe that a bankruptcy filing would not materially impact our 2009 forecast and our ability to meet 2009 debt covenants. In the event of a bankruptcy filing, we believe it is likely that most of our programs would be continued and any reduction in program volume of a bankrupt customer would be replaced with volume from other existing customers. As such, we expect the adverse effects of these bankruptcies would be limited principally to recovering less than the full amount of the outstanding receivables. We believe that a loss or expenses incurred as a result of a customer bankruptcy would be treated as an adjustment for our 2009 debt covenants and do not believe the trade receivable exposure would have a significant impact on our 2009 liquidity.

While we are confident of our ability to achieve the plan, there can be no assurance we will be successful. There are a number of factors that could potentially arise that could result in a violation of our debt covenants. Non-compliance with covenants would provide our lenders the ability to demand immediate repayment of all outstanding borrowings under the Term Facility and the Revolving Facility. We would not have sufficient cash on hand to satisfy this demand. Accordingly, the inability to comply with covenants, obtain waivers for non-compliance, cure a potential violation with the support of our shareholders, or obtain alternative financing would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In the event we were unable to meet our debt requirements, however, we believe we would be able to cure the violation utilizing the equity cure right provision of our primary credit facility, obtain a waiver or amend the covenants. Executing the equity cure right provision is contingent upon our shareholders. Obtaining waivers or amendments would likely result in a significant incremental cost. Although we cannot provide assurance that we would be successful in obtaining the necessary waivers or in amending the covenants, we were able to do so in previous years and are confident that we would be able to do so in 2009, if necessary.

Based on our current forecast and our assessment of reasonably possible scenarios, including the more pessimistic scenarios related to production volumes described above, we do not believe that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern in 2009.

Working capital

Historically we have not generally experienced difficulties in collecting our accounts receivable, but the dynamics associated with the recent economic downturn has impacted both the amount of our receivables and the stressed ability for our customers to pay within normal terms. Certain government sponsored programs may ease the constraints, but pressure on accounts receivable will continue until vehicle sales and production volumes stabilize. As of December 31, 2008, we have net cash of $111.5 million. Our additional borrowing capacity through use of our senior credit facilities with our bank group and other bank lines is $30.1 million (after giving effect to outstanding borrowings of $60.9 million and $24.0 million of standby letters of credit), of which the majority was drawn during the first quarter of 2009.

Available cash and contractual commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2008. Our contractual cash obligations consist of legal commitments requiring us to make fixed or determinable cash payments, regardless of the contractual requirements of the vendor to provide future goods or services. Except as disclosed, this table does not include information on our recurring purchase of materials for use in production, as our raw materials purchase contracts typically do not meet this definition because they do not require fixed or minimum quantities.

 

39


Table of Contents
     Payment due by period
Contractual Obligations    Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3 Years    3-5 years    More than
5 Years
     (dollars in millions)

Debt obligations

   $ 1,114.3    $ 78.6    $ 512.3    $ 200.0    $ 323.4

Interest on debt obligations(1)

     313.1      75.0      142.8      68.2      27.1

Capital lease obligations

     1.5      1.1      0.4      —        —  

Operating lease obligations

     83.3      18.0      22.6      15.8      26.9

Other obligations(2)

     41.0      27.1      13.9      —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 1,553.2    $ 199.8    $ 692.0    $ 284.0    $ 377.4
                                  

 

(1) Interest on $590.9 million of variable rate debt is calculated based on LIBOR rate and Canadian Dollar Bankers Acceptance Rate as of December 31, 2008.
(2) Noncancellable purchase order commitments for capital expenditures & other borrowings.

In addition to our contractual obligations and commitments set forth in the table above, the Company has employment arrangements with certain key executives that provide for continuity of management. These arrangements include payments of multiples of annual salary, certain incentives, and continuation of benefits upon the occurrence of specified events in a manner that is believed to be consistent with comparable companies.

We also have minimum funding requirements with respect to our pension obligations. We expect to make cash contributions of approximately $16.0 million to our domestic and foreign pension plan asset portfolios in 2009. Our minimum funding requirements after 2009 will depend on several factors, including the investment performance of our retirement plans and prevailing interest rates. Our funding obligations may also be affected by changes in applicable legal requirements. We also have payments due with respect to our postretirement benefit obligations. We do not prefund our postretirement benefit obligations. Rather, payments are made as costs are incurred by covered retirees. We expect other postretirement benefit net payments to be approximately $3.5 million in 2009.

We may be required to make significant cash outlays to our unrecognized tax benefits. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits of $5.2 million as of December 31, 2008, have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. For further information related to unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 11, “Income taxes”, to the consolidated financial statements.

Excluded from the contractual obligation table are open purchase orders at December 31, 2008 for raw materials and supplies used in the normal course of business, supply contracts with customers, distribution agreements, joint venture agreements, and other contracts without express funding requirements.

Raw Materials and Manufactured Components

The principal raw materials for our business include fabricated metal-based components, oil based components, synthetic rubber, carbon black, and natural rubber. We manage the procurement of our raw materials to assure supply and to obtain the most favorable pricing. For natural rubber, procurement is managed by buying in advance of production requirements and by buying in the spot market. For other principal materials, procurement arrangements include short-term supply agreements that may contain formula-based pricing based on commodity indices. These arrangements provide quantities needed to satisfy normal manufacturing demands. We believe we have adequate sources for the supply of raw materials and components for our products with suppliers located around the world. We often use offshore suppliers for machined components, metal stampings, castings, and other labor-intensive, economically freighted products.

 

40


Table of Contents

Extreme fluctuations in material pricing have occurred in recent years adding challenges in forecasting. The inability to recover higher than anticipated prices from our customers may impact profitability.

Seasonal Trends

Sales to automotive customers are lowest during the months prior to model changeovers and during assembly plant shutdowns. These typically result in lower sales volumes during July, August, and December. However, economic conditions can change normal seasonality trends causing lower demand throughout the year. The impact of model changeovers and plant shutdowns is considerably less in years of lower demand overall.

Restructuring

2005 Initiatives

In 2005, the Company implemented a restructuring strategy and announced the closure of two manufacturing facilities in the United States and the decision to exit certain businesses within and outside the U.S. Both of the closures are substantially complete as of December 31, 2008, but the Company will continue to incur costs until the facilities are sold.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded total costs of $3.8 million related to the previously announced U.S. closures and workforce reductions in Europe. These costs consisted of severance, asset impairment, and other exit costs of $0.3 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. In addition the Company received $0.2 million for assets that were previously written off. The initiative is substantially complete as of December 31, 2008 at an estimated total cost of approximately $27.0 million. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 775     $ 542     $ —       $ 1,317  

Expense incurred

     295       1,437       2,063       3,795  

Cash payments

     (997 )     (1,729 )     165       (2,561 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (2,228 )     (2,228 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 73     $ 250     $ —       $ 323  
                                

2006 Initiatives

In May 2006, the Company implemented a restructuring action and announced the closure of a manufacturing facility located in Canada and the transfer of related production to other facilities in North America. The closure was completed during 2008 at a total cost of $3.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed $9 thousand of severance costs.

European Initiatives

In 2006, the Company implemented a European restructuring initiative, which addressed the operations of our non-strategic facilities. The initiative includes the closure of a manufacturing facility, terminations, and the transfer of production to other facilities in Europe and North America. The initiative is substantially complete as of December 31, 2008 at an estimated total cost of approximately $22.0 million ($20.1 million incurred in 2006 and 2007). The Company recorded severance, other exit costs and asset impairments of $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 1,442     $ —       $ —       $ 1,442  

Expense incurred

     1,076       619       127       1,822  

Cash payments

     (1,776 )     (619 )     —         (2,395 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (127 )     (127 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 742     $ —       $ —       $ 742  
                                

 

41


Table of Contents

FHS Acquisition Initiatives

In connection with the acquisition of the automotive fluid handling systems business of ITT Industries, Inc. (“FHS”), the Company formalized a restructuring plan to address the redundant positions created by the consolidation of the businesses. In connection with this restructuring plan, the Company announced the closure of several manufacturing facilities located in North America, Europe, and Asia and the transfer of related production to other facilities. The closures are substantially complete as of December 31, 2008 at an estimated total cost of approximately $20.2 million, including costs recorded through purchase accounting. As a result of this initiative, the Company recorded certain severance and other exit costs of $11.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively, through purchase accounting in 2006. The Company recorded severance, other exit costs and asset impairments of $0.8 million, $2.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The Company also reversed $2.1 million of severance costs that were recorded through purchase accounting in 2006. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 6,450     $ 4,210     $ —       $ 10,660  

Expense incurred

     843       2,258       613       3,714  

Cash payments and accrual reversals

     (5,998 )     (5,978 )     —         (11,976 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (613 )     (613 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 1,295     $ 490     $ —       $ 1,785  
                                

2007 Initiatives

In May 2007, the Company implemented a restructuring action and announced the closure of a manufacturing facility located in Mexico and the transfer of related production to other facilities in North America. The closure was substantially completed in 2007. The estimated total cost of this closure is approximately $3.4 million. The Company will continue to incur costs until the facility is sold. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company recognized other exit costs and asset impairments of $0.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively, related to this initiative. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed $5 thousand of severance costs.

 

42


Table of Contents

2008 Initiatives

In July 2008, the Company implemented a restructuring action and announced the closure of two manufacturing facilities, one located in Australia and the other in Germany. Both closures are a result of changes in market demands and volume reductions and are expected to be completed in 2009. The estimated total cost of this initiative is approximately $18.5 million. The Company recorded severance, other exit costs and asset impairments of $14.5 million, $0.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Expense incurred

     14,455       149       3,282       17,886  

Cash payments

     (995 )     (149 )     —         (1,144 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (3,282 )     (3,282 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 13,460     $ —       $ —       $ 13,460  
                                

Initial Global Reorganization Initiative

During 2008, the Company commenced the initial phase of a global reorganization in North America and Europe. In connection with this phase, the Company reduced its workforce. The estimated total cost of this initial phase is approximately $7.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded severance costs of $7.7 million associated with this initiative. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
   Asset
Impairments
   Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ —       $  —      $ —      $ —    

Expense incurred

     7,670       —        —        7,670  

Cash payments

     (3,741 )     —        —        (3,741 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —        —        —    
                              

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 3,929     $  —      $ —      $ 3,929  
                              

In 2008, the Company initiated the closing of a European facility and the idling of a Canadian facility. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded other exit costs and asset impairments of $0.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Purchase Accounting

Acquisition of MAPS

The acquisition of MAPS was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”). Accordingly, the assets purchased and liabilities assumed were included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008. The operating results of the MAPS entities were included in the consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

 

43


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,237

Accounts receivable, net

     118,216

Inventories, net

     33,415

Prepaid expenses

     7,995

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     126,058

Investments

     16,531

Other assets

     32,874
      

Total assets acquired

     345,326
      

Accounts payable

     66,211

Short-term notes payable

     22,039

Payroll liabilities

     28,806

Accrued liabilities

     14,821

Long-term debt

     14,556

Pension benefits

     37,839

Other long-term liabilities

     16,676
      

Total liabilities assumed

     200,948
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 144,378
      

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and other current liabilities were stated at historical carrying values which management believes approximates fair value given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventories were recorded at fair value which is estimated for finished goods and work-in-process based upon the expected selling price less costs to complete, selling, and disposal costs, and a normal profit to the buyer. Raw material inventory was recorded at carrying value as such value approximates the replacement cost. Tooling in process, which is included in other assets, was recorded at fair value which is based upon expected selling price less costs to complete. The Company’s pension obligations have been recorded in the allocation of purchase price at the projected benefit obligation. Deferred income taxes have been provided in the consolidated balance sheet based on the Company’s estimates of the tax versus book basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, adjusted to estimated fair values. Management has estimated the fair value of property, plant, and equipment, intangibles and other long-lived assets based upon financial estimates and projections prepared in conjunction with the transaction. The value assigned to all assets and liabilities assumed exceeded the acquisition price. Accordingly, an adjustment to reduce the value of long-lived assets was recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 141 and no goodwill was recorded related to this transaction as of December 31, 2008.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the combined financial statements. Application of these accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment or estimation than other accounting policies.

Pre-Production Costs Related to Long Term Supply Arrangements. Costs for molds, dies, and other tools owned by us to produce products under long-term supply arrangements are recorded at cost in property,

 

44


Table of Contents

plant, and equipment and amortized over the lesser of three years or the term of the related supply agreement. The amount capitalized was $8.8 million and $10.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Costs incurred during the engineering and design phase of customer-owned tooling projects are expensed as incurred unless a contractual arrangement for reimbursement by the customer exists. Reimbursable tooling costs included in other assets was $8.9 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Development costs for tools owned by the customer that meet EITF 99-5 requirement are recorded in accounts receivable in the accompanying combined balance sheets if considered a receivable in the next twelve months. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, $73.6 million and $77.8 million, respectively, was included in accounts receivable for customer-owned tooling of which $39.0 million and $32.8 million, respectively, was not yet invoiced to the customer.

Goodwill. In connection with the 2004 Acquisition and other acquisitions since 2004 as described in Note 3, we have applied the provisions of SFAS No. 141, Business Combination. Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired, was approximately $290.6 million and $245.0 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment. The Company evaluates each reporting unit’s fair value versus its carrying value annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may exceed the fair value of the reporting unit. Estimated fair values are based on the cash flows projected in the reporting units’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts discounted at a risk-adjusted rate of return. While we believe our estimates of fair value are reasonable based upon current information and assumptions about future results, changes in our businesses, the markets for our products, the economic environment and numerous other factors could significantly alter our fair value estimates and result in future impairment of recorded goodwill. We are subject to financial statement risk in the event that goodwill becomes impaired. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. The Company conducts its annual impairment testing as of October 1st of each year.

During 2008, our International Fluid and Body & Chassis reporting units experienced operating results that were below our previous expectations, primarily as a result of a recent and projected decline in vehicle production volumes, a change in the production mix for certain key platforms, the tightening credit market, price concessions to customers and the general overall health of the economy. Due to these factors, the calculated fair values of our International Fluid and Body & Chassis reporting units were less than their book values. As a result we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $21.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, to these reporting units. If the weighted average cost of capital utilized in the estimate of fair value was increased by 100 basis points there would still not be impairment for any other reporting units.

Long-lived assets – We monitor our long-lived assets for impairment indicators on an ongoing basis in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” If impairment indicators exist, we perform the required analysis by comparing the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived assets to the related net book values. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the long-lived assets. Fair value is estimated based upon either discounted cash flow analyses or estimated salvage values. Cash flows are estimated using internal budgets based on recent sales data, independent automotive production volume estimates and customer commitments, as well as assumptions related to discount rates. Change in economic or operating conditions impacting these estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of long-lived assets.

As a result of our testing performed in accordance with SFAS No. 144 we recorded asset and definite lived intangible asset impairment charges of $6.4 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Of the $6.4 million of asset impairment charges, $4.1 million was recorded in our North America Fluid reporting unit and $2.3 million was recorded in our Body & Chassis International reporting unit. Of the $3.9 million of definite lived intangible asset impairment charges, $2.3 million was recorded in our North America Fluid reporting unit and $1.6 million was recorded in our Body & Chassis Americas reporting unit.

 

45


Table of Contents

Restructuring-Related Reserves. Specific accruals have been recorded in connection with restructuring our businesses, as well as the integration of acquired businesses. These accruals include estimates principally related to employee separation costs, the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, contractual obligations, and the valuation of certain assets. Actual amounts recognized could differ from the original estimates.

Restructuring-related reserves are reviewed on a quarterly basis and changes to plans are appropriately recognized when identified. Changes to plans associated with the restructuring of existing businesses are generally recognized as employee separation and plant phaseout costs in the period the change occurs. Under EITF 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination,” changes to plans associated with the integration of an acquired business are recognized as an adjustment to the acquired business’ original purchase price (goodwill) if recorded within one year of the acquisition. After one year, a reduction of goodwill is recorded if the actual costs incurred are less than the original reserve. More than one year subsequent to an acquisition, if the actual costs incurred exceed the original reserve, the excess is recognized in current year operations as an employee separation and plant phaseout cost. For additional discussion, please refer to Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition and Sales Commitments. We generally enter into agreements with our customers to produce products at the beginning of a vehicle’s life. Although such agreements do not generally provide for minimum quantities, once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our customers’ purchasing requirements can be our obligation for an extended period or the entire production life of the vehicle. These agreements generally may be terminated by our customer at any time. Historically, terminations of these agreements have been minimal. In certain limited instances, we may be committed under existing agreements to supply products to our customers at selling prices which are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such products. In such situations, we recognize losses as they are incurred.

We receive blanket purchase orders from many of our customers on an annual basis. Generally, such purchase orders and related documents set forth the annual terms, including pricing, related to a particular vehicle model. Such purchase orders generally do not specify quantities. We recognize revenue based on the pricing terms included in our annual purchase orders as our products are shipped to our customers. As part of certain agreements, we are asked to provide our customers with annual cost reductions. We accrue for such amounts as a reduction of revenue as our products are shipped to our customers. In addition, we generally have ongoing adjustments to our pricing arrangements with our customers based on the related content and cost of our products. Such pricing accruals are adjusted as they are settled with our customers.

Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes. In determining the provision for income taxes for financial statement purposes, we make estimates and judgments which affect our evaluation of the carrying value of our deferred tax assets as well as our calculation of certain tax liabilities. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, we evaluate the carrying value of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. In completing this evaluation, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. Such evidence includes historical operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, expectations for future pretax operating income, the time period over which our temporary differences will reverse, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of this evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods.

During 2008, due to our recent operating performance in the United States and current industry conditions, we continued to assess, based upon all available evidence, that it was more likely than not that we would not realize our U.S. deferred tax assets. During 2008, our U.S. valuation allowance increased by $66.9 million, primarily related to operating losses incurred in the United States and adjustments to the minimum pension liability recorded through other comprehensive income.

 

46


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, deferred tax assets for net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards of $179.9 million were reduced by a valuation allowance of $175.2 million. These deferred tax assets relate principally to net operating loss carry-forwards in the U.S and our subsidiaries in France, Brazil, Australia, Germany, China and Spain. They also relate to Special Economic Zone Credits in Poland, U.S foreign tax credits, research and development tax credits, state net operating losses, and state tax credits. Some of these can be utilized indefinitely, while others expire from 2009 through 2028. We intend to maintain these allowances until it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. Effective January 1, 2009, with the adoption of SFAS No. 141 (R) the benefit of the reversal of the valuation allowances on pre-acquisition contingencies will be included as a component of income tax expense. Adjustments in post-acquisition valuation allowances will be offset to future tax provision.

In addition, the calculation of our tax benefits and liabilities includes uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations. We recognize tax benefits and liabilities based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which additional taxes will be due. We adjust these liabilities based on changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties and the impact of any tax audits, the ultimate resolutions may be materially different from our estimated liabilities. For further information, related to income taxes, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

Pensions and postretirement benefits other than pensions. Included in our results of operations are significant pension and post-retirement benefit costs, which are measured using actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including assumptions about discount rates and expected returns on plan assets. These assumptions are updated at the beginning of each fiscal year. We are required to consider current market conditions, including changes in interest rates, in making these assumptions. Changes in pension and post-retirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions. Our net pension and post-retirement benefit costs were approximately $15.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, during 2008.

To develop the discount rate for each plan, the expected cash flows underlying the plan’s benefit obligations were discounted using the December 31, 2008 Citigroup Pension Discount Curve to determine a single equivalent rate. To develop our expected return on plan assets, we considered historical long-term asset return experience, the expected investment portfolio mix of plan assets and an estimate of long-term investment returns. To develop our expected portfolio mix of plan assets, we considered the duration of the plan liabilities and gave more weight to equity positions, including both public and private equity investments, than to fixed-income securities. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 1% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the fiscal 2009 net pension expense by approximately $2.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Likewise, a 1% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would have decreased or increased the fiscal 2009 net pension cost by approximately $2.1 million. Decreasing or increasing the discount rate by 1% would have increased or decreased the projected benefit obligations by approximately $47.7 million and $39.9 million, respectively.

The rate of increase in medical costs assumed for the next five years was held constant with prior years to reflect both actual experience and projected expectations. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. Only certain employees hired are eligible to participate in our company’s subsidized post-retirement plan. A 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have increased or decreased the fiscal 2009 service and interest cost components by $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and the projected benefit obligations would have increased or decreased by $2.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

The general funding policy is to contribute amounts deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes or amounts required by local statute.

Derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are utilized by the Company to reduce foreign currency exchange, interest rate and commodity price risks. The Company has established policies

 

47


Table of Contents

and procedures for risk assessment including the assessment of counterparty credit risk and the approval, reporting, and monitoring of derivative financial instrument activities. On the date the derivative is established, the Company designates the derivative as either a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a net investment hedge in accordance with its established policy. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

By using derivative instruments to hedge exposures to changes in commodity prices and interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty and the Company does not possess credit risk. To mitigate credit risk, it is the Company’s policy to execute such instruments with creditworthy banks and not enter into derivatives for speculative purposes.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. During 2008, there were no material changes in the methods or policies used to establish estimates and assumptions. Generally, matters subject to estimation and judgment include amounts related to accounts receivable realization, inventory obsolescence, asset impairments, useful lives of intangible and fixed assets, unsettled pricing discussions with customers and suppliers, restructuring accruals, deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income taxes, pension and other post retirement benefit plan assumptions, accruals related to litigation, warranty and environmental remediation costs and self-insurance accruals. Actual results may differ from estimates provided.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates. We actively monitor our exposure to risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates through the use of derivative financial instruments in accordance with management’s guidelines. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading purposes. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies – Derivative financial instruments” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” (especially Note 19).

As of December 31, 2008, we had $597.2 million of variable rate debt. A 1% increase in the average interest rate would increase future interest expense by approximately $4.2 million per year, after considering the effects of the interest rate swap contracts, which were used to manage cash flow fluctuations of certain variable rate debt due to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate swap contracts which fix the interest payments of certain variable rate debt instruments or fix the market rate component of anticipated fixed rate debt instruments are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

As of December 31, 2008, interest rate swap contracts representing $309.1 million of notional amount were outstanding with maturity dates of December, 2010 through September, 2013. The above amount includes $161.6 million of notional amount pertaining to the swap of USD denominated debt fixed at 5.764% and $59.9 of notional fixed at 3.19%, $14.7 million pertaining to the Canadian dollar denominated debt fixed at 4.91% and $11.6 million of notional amount pertaining to EURO denominated debt fixed at 4.14%. The above notional amount also includes $61.3 million of a USD denominated swap with a counterparty that no longer qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting due to the counterparty filing for bankruptcy protection. These contracts modify the variable rate characteristics of the Company’s variable rate debt instruments, which are generally set at three-month USD LIBOR rates, Canadian Dollar Bankers Acceptance Rates or six-month Euribor rates The remaining $61.3 million of notional is a pay float, receive 3.67% fixed swap to offset the effects of the swap that no longer qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting.

 

48


Table of Contents

On September 15, 2008, a counterparty on one of the Company’s USD swaps filed for bankruptcy protection. The swap was de-designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The de-designation of this hedge relationship resulted in the following actions:

 

   

As the underlying cash flow risk this swap was designed to hedge remains highly probable of occurring, the amount of net losses of $(4.4) million that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) pertaining to this will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the anticipated hedge relationship which was to have terminated in December 2011.

 

   

Recognizing the change in fair market value of the swap from the last date the hedge was effective to September 30, 2008. This change in market value was a decrease in swap liability from $(4.4) million to $(3.9) million or a gain of $0.5 million.

On September 30, 2008 the Company executed a new off-setting swap to neutralize the future impact of changes in market value of the de-designated swap. The off-setting swap covers an identical notional amount of $61.3 million and uses the same 3-month LIBOR, and pays a fixed coupon of 3.67% until its maturity in December 2011. This swap will not be designated as a cash flow hedge under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and as a result will be marked to market similarly to the de-designated swap. This will serve to offset the earnings impact of the future changes in market value of the de-designated swap.

On November 12, 2008, the Company executed a new interest rate swap. This swap is designed to modify the variable rate characteristics of the debt instruments and is designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. This new swap with a pay fixed at 3.19% was put in place to cover the lost interest-rate-fluctuation shield caused by the de-designation discussed above.

On December 24, 2008, the Company unwound one of the interest rate swaps and made cash settlements of $9.9 million including accrued interest of $0.4 million to the counterparty that required, per the ISDA, that covered the swap contract, to terminate the swap upon the Company’s credit rating falling below B3.

Upon termination the swap was de-designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The de-designation of this hedge relationship resulted in the following actions:

 

   

As the underlying cash flow risk this swap was designed to hedge remains highly probable of occurring, the amount of net losses of $(9.5) million that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) pertaining to this will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the anticipated hedge relationship which was to have terminated in December 2011.

As of December 31, 2008, the $(21.0) million fair market value of the swaps was recorded in accrued liabilities $(15.4) million, and other long-term liabilities $(5.6) million. An amount $(20.3) million, net of taxes, was recorded as net losses in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). This amount includes $(13.3) million for the de-designated/terminated swaps as the balance remaining on the OCI pertaining to these swaps is to be amortized over the remaining life of the underlying debt until December 2011. The fair market value of all outstanding interest rate swap contracts is subject to change in value due to change in interest rates. During 2008 losses of $5.5 million were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. The Company expects approximately $10.6 million of losses to be reclassified in 2009.

We also use forward foreign exchange contracts to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on Term Loan B, a U.S. dollar denominated obligation of our Canadian subsidiary, the portion of our Euro Term Loan E and short-term, foreign currency denominated intercompany transactions. Gains and

 

49


Table of Contents

losses on the derivative instruments are intended to offset gains and losses on the hedged transaction in an effort to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The currencies hedged by the Company under these arrangements are the Canadian Dollar, Euro and the Brazilian Real. As of December 31, 2008 the fair market value of these contracts was approximately $8.0 million.

We also use forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the Mexican peso to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted operating expenses of our Mexican facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $45.7 million of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $(7.0) million. A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Mexican peso would result in a decrease of $2.8 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Mexican peso would result in an increase of $3.6 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

We also use forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the U.S. dollar to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted material purchases of our Canadian facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $26.8 million of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $3.4 million. A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar would result in an increase of $2.6 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar would result in a decrease of $2.6 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

We also use forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the U.S. dollar to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted material purchases of our European facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $14.7 million of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $0.3 million. A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro would result in an increase of $1.6 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro would result in a decrease of $1.3 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

We also use forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the Czech Koruna (CZK) to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted operating expenses of our European facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $14.8 million of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than three months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $(1.0) million. A 10% strengthening of the Euro relative to the CZK would result in a decrease of $1.2 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the Euro relative to the CZK would result in an increase of $1.5 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

During 2008 gains of $2.2 million related to the Mexican, Canadian, Czech Republic and European forward foreign exchange contracts were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. The amount to be reclassified in 2009 is expected to be approximately $(4.4) million.

We also have exposure to the prices of commodities in the procurement of certain raw materials. The primary purpose of our commodity price hedging activities is to manage the volatility associated with these forecasted purchases. The Company primarily utilizes forward contracts with maturities of less than 24 months. These instruments are intended to offset the effect of changes in commodity prices on forecasted inventory purchases. As of December 31, 2008, commodity contracts for natural gas and carbon black representing $11.7 million of notional amount were outstanding with a fair market value of approximately $(5.0) million. A 10% change in the equivalent commodity price would result in a change of $0.5 million in the fair market value of these contracts. During 2008 losses of $1.4 million were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. The Company expects approximately $5.0 million of losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to be reclassified into earnings during the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

50


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annual Financial Statements

 

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants

   52

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   53

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007

   54

Consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   55

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   56

Notes to Consolidated financial statements

   57

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   101

 

51


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Management

Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 included in Item 8. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Notes 9 and 10, respectively, to the consolidated financial statements in 2008 and in 2007, the Company changed its method of accounting for pension and other postretirement benefit plans.

As discussed in Note 11, in 2007 the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Detroit, Michigan
March 27, 2009

 

52


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Sales

   $ 2,164,262     $ 2,511,153     $ 2,594,577  

Cost of products sold

     1,832,027       2,114,039       2,260,063  
                        

Gross profit

     332,235       397,114       334,514  

Selling, administration, & engineering expenses

     199,739       222,134       231,709  

Amortization of intangibles

     31,025       31,850       30,996  

Impairment charges

     13,247       146,366       33,369  

Restructuring

     23,905       26,386       38,300  
                        

Operating profit (loss)

     64,319       (29,622 )     140  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     (87,147 )     (89,577 )     (92,894 )

Equity earnings

     179       2,207       897  

Other income (expense)

     6,985       (1,055 )     (299 )
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (15,664 )     (118,047 )     (92,156 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (7,244 )     32,946       29,295  
                        

Net loss

   $ (8,420 )   $ (150,993 )   $ (121,451 )
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2007 and 2008

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2008
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 40,877     $ 111,521  

Accounts receivable, net

     546,794       352,052  

Inventories, net

     155,321       116,952  

Prepaid expenses

     19,603       19,162  

Other

     9,940       23,867  
                

Total current assets

     772,535       623,554  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     722,373       623,987  

Goodwill

     290,588       244,961  

Intangibles, net

     256,258       227,453  

Other assets

     120,501       98,296  
                
   $ 2,162,255     $ 1,818,251  
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Debt payable within one year

   $ 51,999     $ 94,136  

Accounts payable

     295,638       192,948  

Payroll liabilities

     103,161       69,601  

Accrued liabilities

     83,080       94,980  
                

Total current liabilities

     533,878       451,665  

Long-term debt

     1,088,162       1,049,959  

Pension benefits

     109,101       161,625  

Postretirement benefits other than pensions

     91,017       76,822  

Deferred tax liabilities

     28,331       28,265  

Other long-term liabilities

     43,208       34,738  

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 4,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, 3,483,600 and 3,479,100 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, respectively

     35       35  

Additional paid-in capital

     354,874       354,894  

Accumulated deficit

     (155,339 )     (280,216 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     68,988       (59,536 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     268,558       15,177  
                
   $ 2,162,255     $ 1,818,251  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Common
Shares
    Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2005

   3,235,100     $ 32    $ 323,478     $ 4,269     $ (15,549 )   $ 312,230  

Issuance of common stock

   3,000          300           300  

Net loss for 2006

            (8,420 )       (8,420 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Minimum pension liability, net of $3,870 tax effect

              (3,202 )     (3,202 )

Currency translation adjustment

              25,263       25,263  

Fair value change of derivatives, net of $3,319 tax effect

              (5,462 )     (5,462 )
                   

Comprehensive income

                8,179  
                                             

Balance at December 31, 2006

   3,238,100       32      323,778       (4,151 )     1,050       320,709  

Adoption of Fin 48

            (195 )       (195 )

Issuance of common stock

   250,000       3      29,997           30,000  

Repurchase of common stock

   (4,500 )        (450 )         (450 )

Stock-based compensation

          1,549           1,549  

Adoption of SFAS No. 158, net of ($1,020) tax effect

              25,846       25,846  

Net loss for 2007

            (150,993 )       (150,993 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Benefit plan liability, net of ($1,934) tax effect

              6,794       6,794  

Currency translation adjustment

              43,246       43,246  

Fair value change of derivatives, net of $19 tax effect

              (7,948 )     (7,948 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

                (108,901 )
                                             

Balance at December 31, 2007

   3,483,600       35      354,874       (155,339 )     68,988       268,558  

Adoption of SFAS No. 158, measurement change

            (3,426 )       (3,426 )

Repurchase of common stock

   (4,500 )        (540 )         (540 )

Stock-based compensation

          560           560  

Net loss for 2008

            (121,451 )       (121,451 )

Other comprehensive loss:

             

Benefit plan liability, net of ($1,097) tax effect

              (53,614 )     (53,614 )

Currency translation adjustment

              (58,929 )     (58,929 )

Fair value change of derivatives, net of ($44) tax effect

              (15,981 )     (15,981 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

                (249,975 )
                                             

Balance at December 31, 2008

   3,479,100     $ 35    $ 354,894     $ (280,216 )   $ (59,536 )   $ 15,177  
                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Operating Activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (8,420 )   $ (150,993 )   $ (121,451 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     107,408       104,199       109,109  

Amortization

     31,025       31,850       30,996  

Impairment charges

     13,247       146,366       33,369  

Gain on bond repurchase

     (4,071 )     —         (1,696 )

Non-cash restructuring charges

     8,975       626       9,029  

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     5,057       4,883       4,866  

Deferred income taxes

     (32,513 )     (1,296 )     14,045  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of businesses acquired:

      

Accounts receivable

     12,170       (31,750 )     144,920  

Inventories

     16,897       14,836       28,062  

Prepaid expenses

     9,532       3,440       (2,880 )

Accounts payable

     (30,629 )     39,945       (86,316 )

Accrued liabilities

     (5,536 )     (16,567 )     (28,148 )

Other

     12,740       39,834       2,588  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     135,882       185,373       136,493  

Investing activities:

      

Property, plant, and equipment

     (82,874 )     (107,255 )     (92,125 )

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (201,621 )     (158,671 )     4,937  

Return on equity investments

     7,746       —         —    

Cost of other acquisitions and equity investments

     (4,116 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sale -leaseback transaction

     —         4,806       8,556  

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

     111       1,096       4,775  

Other

     (1,000 )     7       —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (281,754 )     (260,017 )     (73,857 )

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     214,858       59,968       —    

Net change in short term debt

     949       6,189       37,004  

Repurchase of bonds

     (14,929 )     —         (5,306 )

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (46,786 )     (37,557 )     (16,528 )

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     300       30,000       —    

Repurchase of common stock

     —         —         (540 )

Debt issuance cost

     (4,317 )     (3,104 )     (561 )

Other

     (2,442 )     (450 )     —    
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     147,633       55,046       14,069  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     (7,643 )     4,153       (6,061 )

Changes in cash and cash equivalents

     (5,882 )     (15,445 )     70,644  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     62,204       56,322       40,877  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 56,322     $ 40,877     $ 111,521  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

1. Description of Business

Description of business

Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., is a leading global manufacturer of body & chassis and fluid handling components, systems, subsystems and modules, primarily for use in passenger vehicles and light trucks for global original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and replacement markets. The Company conducts substantially all of its activities through its subsidiaries.

The Company is one of the largest global producers of body sealing systems, one of the two largest North American producers in the noise, vibration and harshness control (“NVH”) business, and the second largest global producer of the types of fluid handling products that we manufacture. We design and manufacture our products in each major region of the world through a disciplined and consistent approach to engineering and production. The Company operates in 68 manufacturing locations and ten design, engineering, and administrative locations in 18 countries around the world.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of combination and consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the wholly owned and less than wholly owned subsidiaries controlled by the Company. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

The equity method of accounting is followed for investments in which the Company does not have control, but does have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. Generally this occurs when ownership is between 20 to 50 percent. The cost method is followed in those situations where the Company’s ownership is less than 20 percent and the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence.

The Company’s investment in Nishikawa Standard Company (“NISCO”), a 50 percent owned joint venture in the United States, is accounted for under the equity method. This investment totaled $13,472 and $11,905 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s investment in Guyoung Technology Co. Ltd (“Guyoung”), a 20 percent owned joint venture in Korea, is accounted for under the equity method. This investment totaled $5,632 and $1,179 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of Guyoung’s stock has declined since the Company’s 2006 acquisition and during 2008, the Company determined that the decline in fair value was other than temporary and an impairment of $2,669 was recorded in equity earnings in our consolidated statement of operations.

The Company’s investment in Shanghai SAIC-Metzler Sealing Systems Co. Ltd., a 47.5 percent owned joint venture in China, is accounted for under the equity method. This investment totaled $17,240 and $20,166 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign currency – The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and a weighted average exchange rate for each period for revenues and expenses. Translation adjustments for those subsidiaries whose local currency is their functional currency are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Transaction related gains and losses arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other that the functional currency are recognized in earnings as incurred, except for those intercompany balances which are designated as long-term.

Cash and cash equivalents – The Company considers highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Accounts receivable – The Company records trade accounts receivable when revenue is recorded in accordance with its revenue recognition policy and relieves accounts receivable when payments are received from customers. Generally the Company does not require collateral for its accounts receivable.

Allowance for doubtful accounts – The allowance for doubtful accounts is established through charges to the provision for bad debts. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. The evaluation includes historical trends in collections and write-offs, management’s judgment of the probability of collecting accounts, and management’s evaluation of business risk. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to revision as more information becomes available. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $10,232 and $4,040 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Advertising expense – Expenses incurred for advertising are generally expensed when incurred. Advertising expense was $825 for 2006, $842 for 2007, and $1,080 for 2008.

Inventories – Inventories are valued at lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Finished goods and work-in-process inventories include material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs. The Company records inventory reserves for inventory in excess of production and/or forecasted requirements and for obsolete inventory in production. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, inventories are reflected net of reserves of $14,823 and $10,896, respectively.

Derivative financial instruments – Derivative financial instruments are utilized by the Company to reduce foreign currency exchange, interest rate, and commodity price risks. The Company has established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting, and monitoring of derivative financial instrument activities. On the date the derivative is established, the Company designates the derivative as either a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a net investment hedge in accordance with its established policy. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Income taxes – Income tax expense in the consolidated and combined statements of operations is calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred income taxes using the liability method.

Deferred tax assets or liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax laws and rates. A valuation allowance is provided on deferred tax assets if we determine that it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.

Long-lived assets – Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using primarily the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the expected life of the asset or term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Intangibles with definite lives, which include technology, customer contracts, and customer relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets when events and circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired and the undiscounted net cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than their carrying value. If the net carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss exists and is calculated based on a discounted cash flow analysis or estimated salvage value. Discounted cash flows are estimated using internal budgets and assumptions regarding discount rates and other factors.

Pre-Production Costs Related to Long Term Supply Arrangements – Costs for molds, dies, and other tools owned by us to produce products under long-term supply arrangements are recorded at cost in property, plant, and equipment and amortized over the lesser of three years or the term of the related supply agreement. The amount capitalized was $8,796 and $10,896 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Costs incurred during the engineering and design phase of customer-owned tooling projects are expensed as incurred unless a contractual arrangement for reimbursement by the customer exists. Reimbursable tooling costs included in other assets was $8,851 and $3,822 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Development costs for tools owned by the customer that meet Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) EITF 99-5

 

58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

requirement are recorded in accounts receivable in the accompanying combined balance sheets if considered a receivable in the next twelve months. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, $73,584 and $77,769, respectively, was included in accounts receivable for customer-owned tooling of which $38,960 and $32,768, respectively, was not yet invoiced to the customer.

Goodwill – Goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment by reporting unit which are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The Company utilizes an income approach to estimate the fair value of each of its reporting units. The income approach is based on projected debt-free cash flow which is discounted to the present value using discount factors that consider the timing and risk of cash flows. The Company believes that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating cash flow performance. This approach also mitigates the impact of cyclical trends that occur in the industry. Fair value is estimated using recent automotive industry and specific platform production volume projections, which are based on both third-party and internally-developed forecasts, as well as commercial, wage and benefit, inflation and discount rate assumptions. Other significant assumptions include the weighted average cost of capital, terminal value growth rate, terminal value margin rates, future capital expenditures and changes in future working capital requirements. While there are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used and to management’s application of these assumptions to this analysis, the Company believes that the income approach provides a reasonable estimate of the fair value of its reporting units. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment analysis as of October 1st of each fiscal year.

Revenue Recognition and Sales Commitments – We generally enter into agreements with our customers to produce products at the beginning of a vehicle’s life. Although such agreements do not generally provide for minimum quantities, once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our customers’ purchasing requirements can be our obligation for an extended period or the entire production life of the vehicle. These agreements generally may be terminated by our customer at any time. Historically, terminations of these agreements have been minimal. In certain limited instances, we may be committed under existing agreements to supply products to our customers at selling prices which are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such products. In such situations, we recognize losses as they are incurred.

We receive blanket purchase orders from many of our customers on an annual basis. Generally, such purchase orders and related documents set forth the annual terms, including pricing, related to a particular vehicle model. Such purchase orders generally do not specify quantities. We recognize revenue based on the pricing terms included in our annual purchase orders as our products are shipped to our customers. As part of certain agreements, we are asked to provide our customers with annual cost reductions. We accrue for such amounts as a reduction of revenue as our products are shipped to our customers. In addition, we generally have ongoing adjustments to our pricing arrangements with our customers based on the related content and cost of our products. Such pricing accruals are adjusted as they are settled with our customers.

Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

Research and development – Costs are charged to selling, administration and engineering expense as incurred and totaled, $74,791 for 2006, $77,183 for 2007, and $81,942 for 2008.

Stock-based compensation – Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, using the prospective method. The prospective method requires compensation cost to be recognized for all share-based payments granted after the effective date of SFAS No. 123 (R). All awards granted prior to the effective date are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.

Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of (1) revenues and expenses during the reporting period and (2) assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Reclassifications – Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 161, “Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities-an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”. SFAS No. 161 requires entities that utilize derivative instruments to provide qualitative disclosures about their objectives and strategies for using such instruments, as well as any details of credit risk related contingent features contained within derivatives. SFAS No. 161 also requires entities to disclose additional information about the amounts and locations of derivatives located within the financial statements, how the provisions of SFAS No. 133 have been applied and the impact that hedges have on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its consolidated financial statements.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations.” This statement significantly changes the financial accounting and reporting of business combination transactions. The provisions of this statement are to be applied prospectively to business combination transactions entered into by the Company on or after January 1, 2009.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. This statement requires the reporting of all noncontrolling interests as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, the reporting of consolidated net income (loss) as the amount attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interests and the separate disclosure of net income (loss) attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interests. In addition, this statement provides accounting and reporting guidance related to changes in noncontrolling ownership interests. Other than the reporting requirements described above which require retrospective application, the provisions of SFAS No. 160 are to be applied prospectively by the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this statement will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment to FASB Statement 115” This statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This statement also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted this statement as of January 1, 2008, but it had no impact on its financial condition or results of operations as the Company did not elect to apply the fair value option.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”. This statement requires recognition of the funded status of a company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans as an asset or liability on the balance sheet. Previously, under the provisions of SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” the asset or liability recorded on the balance sheet reflected the funded status of the plan, net of certain unrecognized items that qualified for delayed income statement recognition. Under SFAS No. 158, these previously unrecognized items are to be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) when the recognition provisions are adopted. The Company adopted the recognition provisions as of December 31, 2007, and the funded status of its defined benefit plans is reflected in its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008.

 

60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

This statement also requires the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and liabilities as of the annual balance sheet date. Prior to adoption of this statement, the Company measured its plan assets and liabilities using an early measurement date of October 1st for the majority of its plans, as allowed by the original provisions of SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” and SFAS No. 106 “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” The measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158 in 2008 using the fifteen month measurement approach, under which the Company recorded an adjustment to beginning retained earnings as of January 1, 2008 to recognize the net periodic benefit cost for the period October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007. This adjustment represented a pro rata portion of the net periodic benefit cost determined for the period beginning October 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2008.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurement. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for the fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 as of January 1, 2008 except for non-financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis, for which the effective date is fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. See Note 19, Fair Value of Financial Instruments for additional discussion of SFAS No. 157.

3. Acquisitions

On February 6, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the automotive fluid handling systems business of ITT Industries, Inc. (“FHS”). FHS, based in Auburn Hills, Michigan, was a leading manufacturer of steel and plastic tubing for fuel and brake lines and quick-connects, and operated 15 facilities in seven countries. FHS was acquired for $205,000, subject to an adjustment based on the difference between targeted working capital and working capital at the closing date, which was settled in September 2006. Additionally, the Company incurred direct acquisition costs, principally for investment banking, legal, and other professional services. After adjusting for working capital and additional acquisition costs, the total acquisition value under purchase accounting was $201,638. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

The acquisition of FHS was funded pursuant to an amendment to the Company’s Senior Credit Facilities which established a Term Loan D facility, with a notional amount of $215,000. The Term Loan D facility was structured in two tranches, with $190,000 borrowed in US dollars and €20,725 borrowed in Euros, to take into consideration the value of the European assets acquired in the transaction. The Company incurred approximately $4,800 of issuance costs associated with these borrowings, primarily for loan arrangement and syndication services, which are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The amendment to the Senior Credit Facilities provides for interest on Term Loan D borrowings at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus a base rate established by reference to various market-based rates and amends the interest rate margins previously applicable to Term Loan B and Term Loan C borrowings to mirror those applicable to Term Loan D borrowings, which were market levels at the time the facility closed. The amendment also includes modifications to certain covenants under the Senior Credit Facilities, although the covenant threshold levels remain unchanged.

In November 2006, the Company increased its ownership position in Cooper-Standard Automotive Korea Inc. from 90% to 100 % for $1,516 in cash.

In December 2006, the Company acquired additional ownership interest in Cooper Saiyang Wuhu Automotive Co., Ltd., a joint venture with Saiyang Sealing in Wuhu, China, for $2,200 in cash, increasing its ownership interest from 74.2% to 88.7%.

 

61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

On August 31, 2007 the Company completed the acquisition of nine Metzeler Automotive Profile Systems sealing systems operations in Germany, Italy, Poland, Belarus, Belgium, and a joint venture interest in China (“MAPS” or the “MAPS businesses”), from Automotive Sealing Systems S.A. The MAPS businesses were acquired for $143,063 subject to an adjustment based on the difference between targeted working capital and working capital at the closing date, which was settled in June 2008. After adjusting for working capital and direct acquisition costs, the total acquisition value under purchase accounting was $144,378.

The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company reflect the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with SFAS No. 141.

The acquisition of the MAPS businesses was funded in part by borrowings under the Company’s Credit Agreement, which was amended to provide for such borrowings as discussed in Note 8, Debt. The Company borrowed €44,000 and combined this borrowing with EUR amounts outstanding under Term Loan D to create a new Term Loan E. In addition, the Company borrowed USD $10,000 under the primary Revolving Credit Agreement and €15,000 under the dual-currency sub limit of the Revolver, borrowed directly by Cooper-Standard International Holdings BV. The Company also received an aggregate of $30,000 in equity contributions from its principal shareholders, affiliates of GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., which contributed a total of $15,000, and affiliates of The Cypress Group L.L.C., which also contributed a total of $15,000. The remainder of the funding necessary for the acquisition came from available cash on hand.

The acquisition of the MAPS businesses were accounted for as a purchase business combination and accordingly, the assets purchased and liabilities assumed were included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008. The operating results of the MAPS businesses were included in the consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,237

Accounts receivable, net

     118,216

Inventories, net

     33,415

Prepaid expenses

     7,995

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     126,058

Investments

     16,531

Other assets

     32,874
      

Total assets acquired

     345,326
      

Accounts payable

     66,211

Short-term notes payable

     22,039

Payroll liabilities

     28,806

Accrued liabilities

     14,821

Long-term debt

     14,556

Pension benefits

     37,839

Other long-term liabilities

     16,676
      

Total liabilities assumed

     200,948
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 144,378
      

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and other current liabilities were stated at historical carrying values which management believes approximates fair value given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventories were recorded at fair value which is

 

62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

estimated for finished goods and work-in-process based upon the expected selling price less costs to complete, selling and disposal costs, and a normal profit to the buyer. Raw material inventory was recorded at carrying value as such value approximates the replacement cost. Tooling in process, which is included in other assets, was recorded at fair value which is based upon expected selling price less costs to complete. The Company’s pension obligations have been recorded in the allocation of purchase price at the projected benefit obligation. Deferred income taxes have been provided in the consolidated balance sheet based on the Company’s estimates of the tax versus book basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, adjusted to estimated fair values. Management has estimated the fair value of property, plant, and equipment, intangibles and other long-lived assets based upon financial estimates and projections prepared in conjunction with the transaction. The value assigned to all assets and liabilities assumed exceeded the acquisition price. Accordingly, an adjustment to reduce the value of long-lived assets was recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 141 and no goodwill was recorded related to this transaction as of December 31, 2008.

The following unaudited pro forma financial data summarizes the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, as if the MAPS acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2007. Pro forma adjustments include liquidation of inventory fair value write-up as it had occurred during the reporting periods, depreciation and amortization to reflect the fair value of property, plant, and equipment and identified finite-lived intangible assets, the elimination of the amortization of unrecognized pension benefit losses, additional interest expense to reflect the Company’s new capital structure, and certain corresponding adjustments to income tax expense. These unaudited pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been attained if the acquisition had occurred at January 1, 2007, or that may be attained in the future and do not include other effects of the acquisition.

 

     2006     2007  

Sales

   $ 2,578,636     $ 2,807,972  

Operating profit (loss)

     80,809       (6,709 )

Net loss

     (9,757 )     (142,325 )

In March of 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of the El Jarudo fuel rail manufacturing business of Automotive Components Holdings, LLC (“El Jarudo” or the “El Jarudo business”). The business is located in Juarez, Mexico and is a producer of automotive fuel rails. This acquisition does not meet the thresholds for a significant acquisition and therefore no pro forma financial information is presented.

In December of 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of the 74% joint venture interest of Automotive Sealing Systems, S.A. (ASSSA) in Metzeler Automotive Profiles India Private Limited (“MAP India”). The remaining 26 percent in the joint venture is owned by Toyoda Gosei Co., Ltd. This acquisition does not meet the thresholds for a significant acquisition and therefore no pro forma financial information is presented.

4. Restructuring

2005 Initiatives

In 2005, the Company implemented a restructuring strategy and announced the closure of two manufacturing facilities in the United States and the decision to exit certain businesses within and outside the U.S. Both of the closures are substantially complete as of December 31, 2008, but the Company will continue to incur costs until the facilities are sold.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded total costs of $3,795 related to the previously announced U.S. closures and workforce reductions in Europe. These costs consisted of severance, asset impairment, and other exit costs of $295, $2,063 and $1,437, respectively. In addition the Company received $165 for assets that were previously written off. The initiative is substantially complete as of December 31, 2008 at an estimated total cost of approximately $27,000. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 775     $ 542     $ —       $ 1,317  

Expense incurred

     295       1,437       2,063       3,795  

Cash payments

     (997 )     (1,729 )     165       (2,561 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (2,228 )     (2,228 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 73     $ 250     $ —       $ 323  
                                

 

63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

2006 Initiatives

In May 2006, the Company implemented a restructuring action and announced the closure of a manufacturing facility located in Canada and the transfer of related production to other facilities in North America. The closure was completed as of December 31, 2008 at a total cost of $3,809. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed $9 of severance costs.

European Initiatives

In 2006, the Company implemented a European restructuring initiative, which addressed the operations of our non-strategic facilities. The initiative includes the closure of a manufacturing facility, terminations, and the transfer of production to other facilities in Europe and North America. The initiative is substantially complete as of December 31, 2008 at an estimated total cost of approximately $22,000 ($20,085 incurred in 2006 and 2007). The Company recorded severance, other exit costs and asset impairments of $1,076, $619 and $127, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 1,442     $ —       $ —       $ 1,442  

Expense incurred

     1,076       619       127       1,822  

Cash payments

     (1,776 )     (619 )     —         (2,395 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (127 )     (127 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 742     $ —       $ —       $ 742  
                                

FHS Acquisition Initiatives

In connection with the acquisition of the automotive fluid handling systems business of ITT Industries, Inc. (“FHS”), the Company formalized a restructuring plan to address the redundant positions created by the consolidation of the businesses. In connection with this restructuring plan, the Company announced the closure of several manufacturing facilities located in North America, Europe, and Asia and the transfer of related production to other facilities. The closures are substantially complete as of December 31, 2008 at an estimated total cost of approximately $20,200, including costs recorded through purchase accounting. As a result of this initiative, the Company recorded certain severance and other exit costs of $11,833 and $720, respectively, through purchase accounting in 2006. The Company recorded severance, other exit costs and asset impairments of $843, $2,258, and $613, respectively during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company also reversed $2,117 of severance costs that were recorded through purchase accounting in 2006. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 6,450     $ 4,210     $ —       $ 10,660  

Expense incurred

     843       2,258       613       3,714  

Cash payments and accrual reversals

     (5,998 )     (5,978 )     —         (11,976 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (613 )     (613 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 1,295     $ 490     $ —       $ 1,785  
                                

 

64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

2007 Initiatives

In May 2007, the Company implemented a restructuring action and announced the closure of a manufacturing facility located in Mexico and the transfer of related production to other facilities in North America. The closure was substantially completed in 2007. The estimated total cost of this closure is approximately $3,400. The Company will continue to incur costs until the facility is sold. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company recognized other exit costs and asset impairments of $466 and $1,883, respectively, related to this initiative. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed $5 of severance costs.

2008 Initiatives

In July 2008, the Company implemented a restructuring action and announced the closure of two manufacturing facilities, one located in Australia and the other located in Germany. Both closures are a result of changes in market demands and volume reductions and are expected to be completed in 2009. The estimated total cost of this initiative is approximately $18,500. The Company recorded severance, other exit costs and asset impairments of $14,455, $149 and $3,282, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Expense incurred

     14,455       149       3,282       17,886  

Cash payments

     (995 )     (149 )     —         (1,144 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —         (3,282 )     (3,282 )
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 13,460     $ —       $ —       $ 13,460  
                                

Initial Global Reorganization Initiative

During 2008, the Company commenced the initial phase of a global reorganization in North America and Europe. In connection with this phase, the Company reduced its work force. The estimated total cost of this initial phase is approximately $7,670. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded severance costs of $7,670 associated with this initiative. The following table summarizes the activity for this initiative during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
Separation
Costs
    Other
Exit
Costs
   Asset
Impairments
   Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ —       $ —      $ —      $ —    

Expense incurred

     7,670       —        —        7,670  

Cash payments

     (3,741 )     —        —        (3,741 )

Utilization of reserve

     —         —        —        —    
                              

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 3,929     $ —      $ —      $ 3,929  
                              

 

65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

In 2008, the Company initiated the closing of a European facility and the idling of a Canadian facility. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded other exit costs and asset impairments of $182 and $896, respectively.

5. Inventories

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,
2007
   December 31,
2008

Finished goods

   $ 50,679    $ 35,069

Work in process

     32,665      26,520

Raw materials and supplies

     71,977      55,363
             
   $ 155,321    $ 116,952
             

In connection with the MAPS acquisition, a $2,455 fair value write-up was recorded to inventory at the date of the acquisition. Such inventory was liquidated as of December 31, 2007 and recorded as an increase to cost of products sold.

In connection with the acquisition of FHS a $2,136 fair value write-up was recorded to inventory at the date of the acquisition. Such inventory was liquidated as of March 31, 2006 and recorded as an increase to cost of products sold.

6. Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment is comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,     Estimated
Useful
     2007     2008     Lives

Land and improvements

   $ 93,928     $ 78,548    

Buildings and improvements

     252,026       229,384     15 to 40 years

Machinery and equipment

     631,555       640,350     5 to 14 years

Construction in Progress

     60,279       48,123    
                  
     1,037,788       996,405    

Accumulated depreciation

     (315,415 )     (372,418 )  
                  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 722,373     $ 623,987    
                  

 

66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

During 2008 it was determined that fixed assets at two of the Company’s locations were impaired. As a result of this impairment, Property, Plant and Equipment was reduced by $6,408 during 2008.

Depreciation expense totaled $107,408 for 2006, $104,199 for 2007, and $109,109 for 2008, respectively.

7. Goodwill and Intangibles

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 are summarized as follows:

 

     Body & Chassis     Fluid     Asia Pacific    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 152,324     $ 281,891     $ 1,421    $ 435,636  

Adjustments to the Acquisition of FHS

     —         (670 )     —        (670 )

Acquisition of El Jarudo

     —         457       —        457  

Impairment charge

     —         (142,925 )     —        (142,925 )

Other

     1,512       (3,422 )     —        (1,910 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 153,836     $ 135,331     $ 1,421    $ 290,588  

Adjustments to the Acquisition of El Jarudo

     —         (379 )     —        (379 )

Purchase price adjustments pre-acquisition

     (15,170 )     (6,937 )     —        (22,107 )

Impairment charge

     (1,251 )     (21,890 )     —        (23,141 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 137,415     $ 106,125     $ 1,421    $ 244,961  
                               

The pre-acquisition purchase price adjustments for the period ended December 31, 2008 represent adjustments related to various tax matters and were recorded in accordance with EITF Issue No. 93-7 “Uncertainties Related to Income taxes in a Purchase Business Combination” and restructuring accrual reversals related to the FHS acquisition.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $21,890 in our International Fluid reporting unit of our Global Fluid segment and an impairment charge of $1,251 in our Body & Chassis International reporting unit of our Global Body & Chassis segment. These charges are a result of a weakening global economy, a global decline in vehicle production volumes and changes in product mix.

During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $142,925 in our North America Fluid reporting unit of our Global Fluid segment. This charge was a result of lower production volumes in key North America platforms, changes in the production mix, higher raw material costs and customer price concessions.

 

67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The following table presents intangible assets, which are amortized on a straight line basis, and accumulated amortization balances of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively:

 

     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
   Amortization
Period

Customer contracts

   $ 157,897    $ (59,100 )   $ 98,797    7 to 9 years

Customer relationships

     171,291      (25,484 )     145,807    15 to 20 years

Developed technology

     14,466      (4,603 )     9,863    5 to 12 years

Trademarks and tradenames

     1,700      (199 )     1,501    12 to 20 years

Other

     2,755      (2,465 )     290   
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 348,109    $ (91,851 )   $ 256,258   
                        

Customer contracts

   $ 156,039    $ (78,100 )   $ 77,939    7 to 9 years

Customer relationships

     169,105      (33,669 )     135,436    15 to 20 years

Developed technology

     6,421      (2,204 )     4,217    5 to 12 years

Trademarks and tradenames

     1,700      (306 )     1,394    12 to 20 years

Other

     11,358      (2,891 )     8,467   
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 344,623    $ (117,170 )   $ 227,453   
                        

During the fourth quarter of 2008 the Company recorded intangible impairment charges of $2,253 and $1,567 related to Fluid and Body & Chassis technology, respectively. Based on a discounted cash flow analysis it was determined that these intangible assets exceeded their fair value and impairment charges were recorded.

During the fourth quarter of 2007 the Company recorded intangible impairment charges of $3,441 related to Fluid Developed technology and Tradenames. Based on a discounted cash flow analysis it was determined that these intangible assets exceeded their fair value and an impairment charge was recorded.

Amortization expense totaled $31,025 for 2006, $31,850 for 2007, and $30,996 for 2008. Estimated amortization expense will total approximately $31,000 over each of the next five years.

 

68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

8. Debt

Outstanding debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2008:

 

     December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2008
 

Senior Notes

   $ 200,000     $ 200,000  

Senior Subordinated Notes

     330,500       323,350  

Term Loan A

     40,062       25,036  

Term Loan B

     67,033       66,365  

Term Loan C

     167,531       165,805  

Term Loan D

     186,200       184,300  

Term Loan E

     93,508       88,458  

Revolving Credit Facility

     —         60,933  

Capital leases and other borrowings

     55,327       29,848  
                

Total debt

     1,140,161       1,144,095  

Less: debt payable within one year

     (51,999 )     (94,136 )
                

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,088,162     $ 1,049,959  
                

In connection with the 2004 Acquisition, Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. issued Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes in a private offering and entered into new Senior Credit Facilities. The Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at rates of 7.0% and 8.375%, respectively, and mature on December 15, 2012 and 2014, respectively. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15. Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis and the Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis, by substantially all existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. From and after December 15, 2008, the Company has the option to redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at premiums beginning at 103.5% and declining each year to face value for redemptions taking place after December 15, 2010. Prior to December 15, 2009, the Company has the option to redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes subject to a formula as defined in the applicable agreements. After December 15, 2009, the Company has the option to redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes at premiums that begin at 104.2% and decline each year to face value for redemptions taking place after December 15, 2012.

During the first quarter of 2008, the Company purchased and retired $7,150 of its $330,500 outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes on the open market. The purchase was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and, accordingly, $1,696 was recognized as a gain on debt extinguishment, after writing off the related unamortized debt issuance costs. The gain is included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Senior Credit Facilities consist of a revolving credit facility and various senior term loan facilities with maturities in 2010 and 2011, including Term Loan B, which is a U.S. dollar-denominated obligation of our Canadian subsidiary. The revolving credit facility provides for borrowings up to $125,000 including the availability of letters of credit, a portion of which is also available in Canadian dollars and bears interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate or (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (b) LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the applicable currency for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. Interest is generally due quarterly in arrears and is also due upon the expiration of any particular loan. Interest rates under the Senior Credit Facilities averaged 7.5% during 2008. We are also required to pay a commitment fee in respect of the undrawn portion of the revolving commitments at a rate equal to 0.5% per annum and customary letter of credit fees.

 

69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (LCPI) had a $10,000 commitment to the Company as part of our $125,000 revolving credit facility. LCPI recently filed for bankruptcy protection and the revolver availability was effectively reduced by their position, therefore the revolving credit facility currently provides for borrowings up to $115,000. The Company is seeking to have this commitment replaced by another financial institution.

The Company had $60,933 of outstanding borrowings and $24,003 of standby letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2008, leaving $30,064 of undrawn availability, the majority of which was drawn during the first quarter of 2009. If the Company is successful in replacing the LCPI commitment the undrawn availability would increase by $10,000.

The term loans amortize quarterly subject to certain formulae contained in the agreements. The Senior Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Company and, subject to certain exceptions, substantially all existing and future domestic subsidiaries of the Company and the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries in the case of Term Loans A and B and Canadian dollar borrowings under the revolving credit facility. In addition, all obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company, subject to certain exceptions.

The Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes contain covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness (including the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes), pay certain dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock, create liens on assets, make investments, loans or advances, make certain acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contain the following financial covenants: a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, and a maximum capital expenditures limitation and require certain prepayments from excess cash flows, as defined and in connection with certain asset sales and the incurrence of debt not permitted under the Senior Credit Facilities for periods commencing December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants.

As discussed in part 1, Item 1A “Risk Factors”, there are several risks and uncertainties related to the global economy and our industry that could materially impact our liquidity. Among potential outcomes, these risks and uncertainties could result in decreased operating results, limited access to credit and failure to comply with debt covenants.

During the second half of 2008, vehicle production volumes decreased significantly resulting in a decline in sales, operating income and EBITDA. This decline in operating results reduced cushion that existed within our restrictive financial covenants and increased the risk of a future debt covenant violation. As previously noted the future compliance of debt covenants will be dependent upon, amongst other matters, future vehicle production and our ability to implement the costs savings initiatives announced during the second half of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009.

Our current revenue forecast for 2009 is determined from specific platform volume projections consistent with a North American and European light vehicle production estimate of 9,275 units and 16,700 units, respectively. Changes to the total level of light vehicle production levels could have a negative impact on our future sales, liquidity, results of operations and ability to comply with debt covenants. We have taken significant actions during the second half of 2008 and first quarter of 2009 to reduce our cost base and improve profitability. Based on our current 2009 operating forecast and the impact of our cost reductions on our 2009 forecasted debt covenant calculation, we expect to comply with all debt covenants during 2009. While we believe the vehicle production and other assumptions within our forecast are reasonable, we have also considered the possibility of even weaker demand based primarily on a further decline in North

 

70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

American light vehicle production (to approximately 8 million units). In addition to the potential impact of light vehicle production changes on our sales, achieving our EBITDA forecast and 2009 debt covenant thresholds are dependent upon a number of other external and internal factors such as changes in raw material costs, changes in foreign currency rates, our ability to execute our cost savings initiatives, and our ability to implement and achieve the savings expected by the change in operating structure.

We have also considered the potential consequences of a bankruptcy filing of one of our major North American customers and believe that a bankruptcy filing would not materially impact our 2009 forecast and our ability to meet 2009 debt covenants. In the event of a bankruptcy filing, we believe it is likely that most of our programs would be continued and any reduction in program volume of a bankrupt customer would be replaced with volume from other existing customers. As such, we expect the adverse effects of these bankruptcies would be limited principally to recovering less than the full amount of the outstanding receivables. We believe that a loss or expenses incurred as a result of a customer bankruptcy would be treated as an adjustment for our 2009 debt covenants and do not believe the trade receivable exposure would have a significant impact on our 2009 liquidity.

While we are confident of our ability to achieve the plan, there can be no assurance we will be successful. There are a number of factors that could potentially arise that could result in a violation of our debt covenants. Non-compliance with covenants would provide our lenders the ability to demand immediate repayment of all outstanding borrowings under the Term Facility and the Revolving Facility. We would not have sufficient cash on hand to satisfy this demand. Accordingly, the inability to comply with covenants, obtain waivers for non-compliance, cure a potential violation with the support of our shareholders, or obtain alternative financing would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In the event we were unable to meet our debt requirements, however, we believe we would be able to cure the violation utilizing the equity cure right provision of our primary credit facility, obtain a waiver or amend the covenants. Executing the equity cure right provision is contingent upon our shareholders. Obtaining waivers or amendments would likely result in a significant incremental cost. Although we cannot provide assurance that we would be successful in obtaining the necessary waivers or in amending the covenants, we were able to do so in previous years and are confident that we would be able to do so in 2009, if necessary.

Based on our current forecast and our assessment of reasonably possible scenarios, including the more pessimistic scenarios related to production volumes described above, we do not believe that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern in 2009.

The Company along with its joint venture partner, Nishikawa Rubber Company, has provided a guarantee of a portion of the bank loans of its NISCO joint venture. On July 1, 2003, the joint venture entered into an additional bank loan with the joint venture partners each guaranteeing an equal portion of the amount borrowed. Proceeds from the loan were used primarily to make distributions to the joint venture partners. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company has no liability related to the guarantee of this debt. The Company’s maximum exposure under the two guarantee arrangements at both December 31, 2007 and 2008 was approximately $500 and $0, respectively.

The Company uses a global cash management vehicle to pool excess cash from domestic and foreign subsidiaries and present on a net basis as cash on the balance sheets of such subsidiaries. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company’s net cash balances under this arrangement were $235 and $1,813, respectively. Other borrowings at December 31, 2007 and 2008 reflect borrowings under capital leases and local bank lines, including $35,513 and $11,809 of short-term notes payable, respectively, classified in debt payable within one year on the consolidated balance sheet.

On July 26, 2007, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment permitted the MAPS acquisition and allowed the Company to borrow up to €65,000 through an incremental term loan under the Credit Agreement (as amended) to provide a portion of the funding necessary for the MAPS acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The Second Amendment also expanded the dual currency borrowing sub limit under the Revolving Credit Agreement to $35,000 and added Cooper-Standard International Holdings BV as a permitted borrower under this sub limit. The Second Amendment includes other changes which increase the Company’s financial and operating flexibility, including amended financial covenants, expanded debt and investment baskets, and the ability to include the results of our non-consolidated joint ventures in the covenant calculations, among other things.

To finance part of the MAPS acquisition the Company borrowed €44,000 under the Second Amendment. This borrowing was combined with the Euro tranche of the Term Loan D to create Term Loan E and as of December 31, 2008 had an outstanding balance of €63,443. The Company also borrowed $10,000 under the Primary Revolving Credit Agreement, which was repaid in its entirety by September 30, 2007. In addition the Company borrowed €15,000 under the dual-currency sub limit of the revolver, all of which was repaid in its entirety by December 31, 2007.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company made voluntary prepayments totaling $15,000 on the Term Loan B facility and $7,000 on the Term Loan C facility.

On April 17, 2008, the Company finalized an amendment to a factoring agreement existing between MAPS Italy and an Italian factoring company. The amendment changed certain terms and conditions within the agreement, which allows certain factored receivables to be treated as true sales. Receivables factored under this arrangement are not included in the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable and debt totals. At December 31, 2007, prior to the amendment of the factoring arrangement, MAPS Italy had outstanding factored receivables of approximately $23,500 equivalent included in capital leases and other borrowings in the table above.

The maturities of debt at December 31, 2008 are as follows and include the estimated amortization of the term loans:

 

2009

   $ 94,136

2010

     32,073

2011

     494,536

2012

     200,000

2013

     —  

Thereafter

     323,350
      
   $ 1,144,095
      

Interest paid on third party debt was $89,694, $91,764 and $95,419 for 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively.

On December 18, 2008, the Company entered into a Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”). The Third Amendment provides that the Company and/or its Canadian subsidiary may voluntarily prepay up to a maximum of $150,000 of one or more tranches of its term loan debt under the Credit Agreement held by participating lenders at a discount price to par to be determined pursuant to certain auction procedures. The prepayments may be financed with cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries if they meet, on a consolidated basis, certain conditions set forth in the Third Amendment including a $125,000 minimum liquidity requirement (which amount includes cash and cash equivalents and any amounts available to be drawn under the Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facility). Such prepayments may not be made from the proceeds of loans drawn under the Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facility. The prepayments may also be financed with the proceeds of certain equity contributions from holders of equity of the Company. Under the terms of the Third Amendment, any such prepayments will reduce the amount of term loans outstanding and payable in indirect order of maturity.

9. Pensions

The Company maintains defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees located in the United States. Benefits generally are based on compensation, length of service and age for salaried employees and on length of service for hourly employees. The Company’s policy is to fund pension plans such that sufficient assets will be available to meet future benefit requirements. Independent actuaries are

 

72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

engaged by the Company to assist in the determination of pension costs for each subsidiary of the Company. The Company also sponsors defined benefit pension plans for employees in some of its international locations.

The Company also sponsors defined contribution pension plans for certain salaried and hourly U.S. employees of the Company. Participation is voluntary. The Company matches contributions of participants, up to various limits based on its profitability, in substantially all plans. Matching contributions under these plans totaled $2,151 in 2006, $3,872 in 2007, and $2,549 in 2008.

The following tables disclose information related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans.

 

     2007     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Projected benefit obligations at beginning of period

   $ 256,945     $ 100,586     $ 255,959     $ 142,742  

Measurement change service and interest cost

     —         —         6,393       1,046  

Service cost - employer

     12,029       5,500       10,131       3,439  

Participant contributions

     —         39       —         35  

Interest cost

     14,390       5,778       15,516       7,634  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (8,651 )     (11,910 )     3,965       (18,968 )

Amendments

     —         —         66       —    

Benefits paid

     (19,412 )     (6,679 )     (19,767 )     (9,384 )

Foreign currency exchange rate effect

     —         13,489       —         (14,144 )

Curtailment/Settlements

     —         (5,209 )     (20,472 )     (305 )

Acquisitions of MAPS & El Jarudo

     —         41,313       —         410  

Other

     658       (165 )     —         979  
                                

Projected benefit obligations at end of period

   $ 255,959     $ 142,742     $ 251,791     $ 113,484  
                                

Change in plans’ assets:

        

Fair value of plans’ assets at beginning of period

   $ 202,407     $ 48,760     $ 225,006     $ 62,318  

Actual return on plans’ assets

     25,894       4,669       (59,701 )     (10,552 )

Employer contributions

     16,117       7,997       17,107       9,340  

Participant contributions

     —         39       —         35  

Benefits paid

     (19,412 )     (6,679 )     (19,767 )     (9,384 )

Foreign currency exchange rate effect

     —         7,377       —         (11,208 )

Other

     —         155       —         573  
                                

Fair value of plans’ assets at end of period

   $ 225,006     $ 62,318     $ 162,645     $ 41,122  
                                

Funded status of the plans

   $ (30,954 )   $ (80,424 )   $ (89,146 )   $ (72,362 )
                                

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets:

        

Accrued liabilities (current)

   $ (260 )   $ (5,436 )   $ (210 )   $ (4,897 )

Pension benefits (long term)

     (30,694 )     (78,407 )     (88,936 )     (72,689 )

Other assets

     —         3,419       —         5,224  
                                

Net amount recognized at December 31

   $ (30,954 )   $ (80,424 )   $ (89,146 )   $ (72,362 )
                                

Included in cumulative other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2008 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit cost: unrecognized prior service costs of $2,116 ($1,969 net of taxes), unrecognized actuarial losses of $65,489 ($63,366 net of tax) and net transition obligation of $240 ($173 net of tax). The amounts included in cumulative other comprehensive loss and expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the fiscal year-ended December 31, 2009 are $317, $3,621 and $15, respectively.

 

73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all domestic and international defined benefit pension plans was $232,773 and $137,127 at December 31, 2007 and $249,478 and $108,251 at December 31, 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the fair value of plan assets for two of the Company’s defined benefit plans exceeded the projected benefit obligation of $46,882 by $3,419. As of December 31, 2008, the fair value of plan assets for two of the Company’s defined benefit plans exceeded the projected benefit obligation of $27,588 by $5,224.

During 2007, the Company froze the defined benefits for two international plans which resulted in a curtailment gain that reduced the projected benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost for 2007.

During 2008, the Company froze the defined benefits for the US Salaried Plan which resulted in a curtailment gain that reduced the projected benefit obligation for 2008.

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

 

     2007     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Discount rate

   6.25 %   5.20% to 8.00 %   5.85% to 6.35 %   5.00% to 8.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.25 %   2.50% to 5.00 %   3.25 %   2.90% to 5.00 %

The following table provides the components of net pension expense for the plans:

 

     2006     2007     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Service cost

   $ 11,922     $ 4,930     $ 12,030     $ 5,500     $ 10,131     $ 3,439  

Interest cost

     13,469       4,383       14,390       5,778       15,516       7,634  

Expected return on plan assets

     (15,951 )     (3,540 )     (16,940 )     (3,712 )     (18,151 )     (4,144 )

Amortization of prior service cost and recognized actuarial loss

     282       221       240       503       191       453  

Curtailment gain

     —         —         —         (5,231 )     —         —    

Other

     60       136       —         —         140       (56 )
                                                

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 9,782     $ 6,130     $ 9,720     $ 2,838     $ 7,827     $ 7,326  
                                                

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31 were:

 

     2006     2007     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Discount rate

   5.75 %   3.90% to 6.50 %   5.75 %   4.25% to 6.50 %   6.25 %   5.20% to 8.00 %

Expected return on plan assets

   8.50% to 8.80 %   7.50% to 8.00 %   8.50 %   7.50% to 8.00 %   8.00 %   7.00% to 7.75 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.25 %   2.50% to 7.50 %   3.25 %   2.50% to 5.00 %   3.25 %   2.62% to 5.00 %

To develop the expected return on assets assumption, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

 

74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The weighted average asset allocations for the Company’s pension plans at December 31, 2007 and 2008 by asset category are approximately as follows:

 

     2007     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Equity securities

   59 %   67 %   37 %   45 %

Debt securities

   33 %   32 %   28 %   54 %

Real Estate

   8 %   0 %   5 %   0 %

Balanced funds(1)

   0 %   0 %   29 %   0 %

Cash and cash equivalents

   0 %   1 %   1 %   1 %
                        
   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                        

 

(1) Invested primarily in equity, fixed income and cash instruments.

Equity security investments are structured to achieve an equal balance between growth and value stocks. The Company determines the annual rate of return on pension assets by first analyzing the composition of its asset portfolio. Historical rates of return are applied to the portfolio. This computed rate of return is reviewed by the Company’s investment advisors and actuaries. Industry comparables and other outside guidance is also considered in the annual selection of the expected rates of return on pension assets.

The Company estimates its benefit payments for its domestic and foreign pension plans during the next ten years to be as follows:

 

     U.S.    Non-U.S.    Total

2009

   15,313    8,046    23,359

2010

   14,025    6,759    20,784

2011

   14,743    6,636    21,379

2012

   16,112    6,718    22,830

2013

   15,969    6,899    22,868

2014-2018

   90,712    38,647    129,359

The Company estimates it will make cash contributions of approximately $16,000 to its pension plans in 2009.

10. Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

The Company provides certain retiree health care and life insurance benefits covering substantially all U.S. salaried and certain hourly employees and employees in Canada. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of creditable service. Independent actuaries determine postretirement benefit costs for each applicable subsidiary of the Company. The Company’s policy is to fund the cost of these postretirement benefits as these benefits become payable.

The following tables disclose information related to the Company’s postretirement benefit plans.

 

75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

     2007     2008  
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 92,105     $ 11,666     $ 66,787     $ 14,084  

Measurement change service and interest cost

     —         —         1,293       354  

Service cost

     1,855       654       1,471       654  

Interest cost

     4,206       695       3,751       760  

Actuarial loss (gain)

     (19,897 )     (628 )     (5,516 )     (3,463 )

Benefits paid

     (1,133 )     (286 )     (2,610 )     (475 )

Administrative expenses paid

     (220 )     —         —         —    

Curtailment gain

     (1,243 )     —         —         —    

Plan change

     (8,886 )       (6,271 )  

Foreign currency exchange rate effect

     —         1,983       —         (2,345 )
                                

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 66,787     $ 14,084     $ 58,905     $ 9,569  
                                

Funded status of the plans

   $ (66,787 )   $ (14,084 )   $ (58,905 )   $ (9,569 )

Contributions between October 1 and December 31

     505       106       —         —    
                                

Net amount recognized at December 31

   $ (66,282 )   $ (13,978 )   $ (58,905 )   $ (9,569 )
                                

Included in cumulative other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2008 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $13,438 ($12,833 net of tax) and unrecognized actuarial gains of $25,867 ($23,954 net of tax). The amounts included in cumulative other comprehensive loss and expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the fiscal year-ended December 31, 2009 are ($1,873) and ($1,408), respectively.

During 2007 plan changes were made to two of the plans. These changes resulted in a decrease of $8,886 in the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2007. During 2008 plan changes were made to four of the plans. These changes resulted in a decrease of $6,271 in projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2008.

During 2007 the Company experienced an actuarial gain of $19,897, which primarily was the result of changes in participant census data and a change in the discount rate.

The following table provides the components of net periodic expense for the plans:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Service cost

   $ 3,438     $ 2,509     $ 2,125  

Interest cost

     5,538       4,901       4,511  

Amortization of prior service cost and recognized actuarial loss

     (88 )     (908 )     (2,895 )
                        

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 8,888     $ 6,502     $ 3,741  
                        

The weighted average assumed discount rate used to determine domestic benefit obligations was 6.25% and 6.10% at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The weighted-average assumed discount rate used to determine domestic net periodic expense was 5.75%, 5.75%, and 6.25% for 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, the weighted average assumed annual rate of increase in the cost of health care benefits (health care cost trend rate) was 9.3% for 2009 for the U.S. and 10% for Non-U.S. with both grading down over time to 5.0% in 2018. A one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have had the following effects:

 

     Increase    Decrease  

Effect on service and interest cost components

   $ 442    $ (70 )

Effect on projected benefit obligations

     2,502      (2,052 )

 

76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The Company estimates its benefit payments for its postretirement benefit plans during the next ten years to be as follows:

 

     U.S.    Non-U.S.    Total

2009

   $ 3,119    $ 349    $ 3,468

2010

     3,278      380      3,658

2011

     3,458      414      3,872

2012

     3,584      452      4,036

2013

     3,708      488      4,196

2014-2018

     20,897      3,091      23,988

Other post retirement benefits recorded in our consolidated balance sheets include $14.5 million and $11.7 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, for termination indemnity plans for two of our European locations. The December 31, 2007 amount was previously recorded in other long-term liabilities.

11. Income Taxes

Components of the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Domestic

   $ (78,987 )   $ (182,579 )   $ (124,515 )

Foreign

     63,323       64,532       32,359  
                        
   $ (15,664 )   $ (118,047 )   $ (92,156 )
                        

The Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008

Current

      

Federal

   $ —       $ 5,047     $ 2,293

State

     —         212       701

Foreign

     25,269       28,983       12,256

Deferred

      

Federal

     (25,359 )     —         —  

State

     (3,013 )     (954 )     —  

Foreign

     (4,141 )     (342 )     14,045
                      
   $ (7,244 )   $ 32,946     $ 29,295
                      

 

77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The following schedule reconciles the United States statutory federal rate to the income tax provision:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Tax at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (5,482 )   $ (41,316 )   $ (32,255 )

State and local taxes

     (3,013 )     (4,732 )     (1,359 )

Tax credits

     (7,571 )     (9,675 )     (6,995 )

Goodwill Impairment

     —         50,024       8,099  

Worthless security deduction

     —         (23,947 )     —    

Liquidation of foreign subsidiary

     —         —         17,703  

Effect of tax rate changes

     —         4,891       (1,304 )

Foreign withholding taxes

     —         5,176       2,529  

Effect of foreign tax rates

     (3,056 )     (4,130 )     (6,828 )

Valuation allowance

     10,290       51,788       45,154  

Other, net

     1,588       4,867       4,551  
                        

Income tax provision

   $ (7,244 )   $ 32,946     $ 29,295  
                        

Effective income tax rate

     46.2 %     (27.9 )%     (31.8 )%
                        

Payment for income taxes net of refunds in 2006, 2007, and 2008 was $34,164, $20,622 and $25,797 respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated tax effect of accumulated temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for tax and financial reporting purposes, as well as net operating losses, tax credit and other carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2007     2008  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Postretirement and other benefits

   $ 55,501     $ 73,339  

Capitalized Expenditures

     14,521       12,765  

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

     161,559       179,923  

All other items

     31,340       38,741  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     262,921       304,768  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property, plant and equipment

     (23,311 )     (39,071 )

Intangibles

     (92,250 )     (77,098 )

All other items

     (5,067 )     (2,497 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (120,628 )     (118,666 )

Valuation allowances

     (128,816 )     (175,215 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 13,477     $ 10,887  
                

 

78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The net deferred taxes in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows:

 

     2007     2008  

Current Assets

   $ 5,150     $ 9,078  

Non-Current Assets

     41,505       32,508  

Current Liabilities

     (4,847 )     (2,434 )

Non-Current Liabilities

     (28,331 )     (28,265 )
                
   $ 13,477     $ 10,887  
                

At December 31, 2008, the Company’s U.S. operations have operating loss carryforwards of $114,000 with expiration dates beginning in 2027. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries, primarily in the France, Brazil, Germany, UK and Australia, have operating loss carryforwards aggregating $105,500 with indefinite expiration periods while Spain has an operating loss carryforward of $13,100 with expiration dates beginning in 2010. Other foreign subsidiaries in China, India, Mexico, Netherlands, Poland, and Korea have operating losses aggregating $32,300, with expiration dates beginning in 2013. The Company’s Polish subsidiaries have special economic zone credits totaling $27,200. The U.S. foreign tax credit and research tax credit carryforwards are $30,400 and $18,200 respectively, with expiration dates beginning in 2011 and 2023. The Company and its domestic subsidiaries have anticipated tax benefits of state net operating losses and credit carryforwards of $19,400 with expiration dates beginning in 2009.

During 2008, due to our recent operating performance in the United States and current industry conditions, we continued to assess, based upon all available evidence, that it was more likely than not that we would not realize our U.S. deferred tax assets. During 2008, our U.S. valuation allowance increased by $66.9 million, primarily related to operating losses incurred in the United States during 2008 and adjustments to the minimum pension liability recorded through Other Comprehensive Income. Going forward, the need to maintain valuation allowances against deferred tax assets in the U.S. and other affected countries will cause variability in the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company will maintain a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets in the U.S. and applicable foreign countries until sufficient positive evidence exists to eliminate them.

Effective January 1, 2009, with the adoption of SFAS No. 141 (R) the benefit of the reversal of the valuation allowances on pre-acquisition contingencies will be included as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2008 the Company has valuation allowances totaling $175,200 recorded against its deferred tax assets.

Deferred income taxes have not been provided on approximately $464,000 of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as such amounts are considered permanently reinvested. It is not practical to estimate any additional income taxes and applicable withholding taxes that would be payable on remittance of such undistributed earnings.

Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement with Cooper Tire, the Company is indemnified against substantially all contingent income tax liabilities related to periods prior to the 2004 Acquisition.

During March 2008 the Company became aware of a potentially favorable settlement of the pending bi-lateral Advance Pricing Agreement (APA) negotiations between the United States (US) and Canada relating to the periods 2000 – 2007. Agreement between the two governments will impact transfer pricing matters between the Company and its wholly owned Canadian subsidiary. In March 2009 the US and Canadian governments signed Mutual Agreement Letters agreeing to the terms of the bi-lateral APA. Final bi-lateral Advance Pricing Agreements with the Company should be completed and signed during the 2Q of 2009. The settlement of the bi-lateral APA will result in income tax refunds to Cooper-Standard Automotive Canada for the years 2000 – 2007 of up to $80 million Canadian dollars. Under the terms of the Sale and

 

79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Purchase Agreement with Cooper Tire and Rubber Company (CTR) dated December 23, 2004, CTR is entitled to tax refunds arising in the years 2000 – 2004. As such, it is expected that CSA will remit to CTR tax refunds received from the Canadian government related to those tax years. Refunds received from the Canadian government will be based on the preparation of amended tax returns for the years 2000 – 2007. The agreement should also result in a corresponding increase to the US taxable income of CSA for the years 2005 – 2007, but is not expected to result in any significant cash payment as the increased U.S. tax liability which will be largely offset by existing tax credit carryforwards.

At December 31, 2008, the Company has $4,728 ($5,159 including interest and penalties) of total unrecognized tax benefits. Of this total, $1,922 represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. The total unrecognized tax benefits differ from the amount which would effect the effective tax rate due to the impact of valuation allowances and the impact of Cooper Tire indemnifying substantially all income tax liabilities resulting from periods prior to the 2004 Acquisition.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows

(in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Balance as of January 1

   $ 4,021     $ 3,930  

Tax Positions related to the current period

    

Gross Additions

     568       411  

Gross Reductions

     —         —    

Tax Positions related to prior years

    

Gross Additions

     167       1,127  

Gross Reductions

     —         (244 )

Settlements

     (362 )     (32 )

Lapses on Statutes of Limitations

     (464 )     (464 )
                

Balance as of December 31

   $ 3,930     $ 4,728  
                

The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions. Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement with Cooper Tire, the Company is indemnified against substantially all income tax liabilities related to periods prior to the 2004 Acquisition. Subsequently, in the United States, all Internal Revenue Service examinations prior to the 2004 Acquisition are the responsibility of Cooper Tire; therefore the Company is not subject to U.S. federal, state, or local tax examinations for years ending December 23, 2004 and prior. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2005 and 2006 in the second quarter of 2008 that is anticipated to be completed by late 2009. As of December 31, 2008, no adjustments have been proposed. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries are legally required to comply with the statute of limitations in each jurisdiction; however the Company is indemnified against substantially all income tax liabilities that may result from periods prior to the 2004 Acquisition. The Company’s major foreign jurisdictions are Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Mexico, and U.K. The Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations in major foreign jurisdictions for years prior to 2000.

The Company does not anticipate any significant changes to its total unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company classifies all tax related interest and penalties as income tax expense. At December 31, 2008, the Company has recorded $431 in liabilities for tax related interest and penalties on its Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

12. Lease Commitments

The Company rents certain manufacturing facilities and equipment under long-term leases expiring at various dates. Rental expense for operating leases was $19,835, $22,303, and $23,331 for 2006, 2007, and 2008.

Future minimum payments for all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

2009

   $ 17,983

2010

     12,251

2011

     10,354

2012

     8,658

2013

     7,188

Thereafter

     26,881

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Cumulative other comprehensive income in the accompanying balance sheets consists of:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Cumulative currency translation adjustment

   $ 14,259     $ 57,505     $ (1,424 )

Benefit plan liability

     (11,617 )     23,977       (28,540 )

Tax effect

     3,870       916       (181 )
                        

Net

     (7,747 )     24,893       (28,721 )

Fair value change of derivatives

     (8,781 )     (16,748 )     (32,685 )

Tax effect

     3,319       3,338       3,294  
                        

Net

     (5,462 )     (13,410 )     (29,391 )
                        
   $ 1,050     $ 68,988     $ (59,536 )
                        

14. Contingent Liabilities

Employment Contracts

The Company has employment arrangements with certain key executives that provide for continuity of management. These arrangements include payments of multiples of annual salary, certain incentives, and continuation of benefits upon the occurrence of specified events in a manner that is believed to be consistent with comparable companies.

Unconditional Purchase Orders

Noncancellable purchase order commitments for capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of business were $27,438 and $12,593 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Legal and Other Claims

The Company is periodically involved in claims, litigation, and various legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the Company conducts and monitors environmental investigations and remedial actions at certain locations. Each of these matters is subject to various uncertainties, and some of these matters may be resolved unfavorably with respect to the Company. A reserve estimate is established for each matter and updated as additional information becomes available. Based on the information currently known to us, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

15. Other Income (Expense), net

The components of Other Income (Expense) for the years 2006, 2007, and 2008 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Foreign currency gains (losses)

   $ 3,771     $ (454 )   $ (845 )

Minority interest

     (858 )     (587 )     1,069  

Net gains on repurchase of debt

     4,071       —         1,696  

Loss on sale of receivables

     —         —         (2,219 )

Gains (losses) on fixed asset disposals

     1       (14 )     —    
                        

Other income (expense), net

   $ 6,985     $ (1,055 )   $ (299 )
                        

16. Related Party Transactions

Sales to NISCO, a 50 percent owned joint venture, totaled $32,140, $30,941, and $26,658, in 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively. In 2006, the Company received from NISCO a dividend of $10,000, consisting of $2,254 related to earnings during the Successor period and a $7,746 return of capital. In 2008, the Company received from NISCO a dividend of $5,000 all of which was related to earnings.

Purchases of materials from Guyoung Technology Co. Ltd, a 20% owned joint venture, totaled $4,181, $5,041 and $1,313 in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

In connection with the acquisition of FHS, the Company paid $1,000 of transaction advisory fees to each of its two principal stockholders in February 2006.

In connection with the MAPS acquisition, the Company received $15,000 of capital contributions from each of its two Sponsors and their respective affiliates in August 2007. The Company also paid $625 of transaction advisory fees to each of its two Sponsors in September 2007.

17. Capital Stock and Stock Options

In 2004, the Company was formed and was capitalized in conjunction with the 2004 Acquisition via the sale of 3,180,000 shares of common stock for $318,000 to affiliates of The Cypress Group L.L.C. and GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., whom we refer to as our “Sponsors”. Pursuant to subscription agreements entered into as of August 27, 2007, the Company issued a total of 250,000 additional shares of common stock to its Sponsors for $30,000 which was invested by the Sponsors in connection with the financing of the Company’s August 2007 acquisition of certain Metzeler Automotive Profile Systems sealing operations. Following the 2004 Acquisition and through December 31, 2007, five members of the Board of Directors and certain members of senior management purchased $4,910 of common stock. The Company repurchased $300 of common stock during 2005 from one such member of senior management whose employment with the Company terminated in 2005 and another $450 of common stock during 2007 from another such member of senior management whose employment with the Company terminated in 2006 and another $540 of common stock during 2008 from another such member of senior management whose employment with the Company terminated in 2007.

Effective as of the closing of the 2004 Acquisition, the Company established the 2004 Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, which permits the granting of nonqualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards to employees and directors. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had 423,615 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan, including outstanding options granted to certain employees and directors to purchase 212,615 and 192,615 shares of common stock, respectively, at a price of $100 per share, which was determined by the Company to be fair market value. In addition, there are also outstanding options granted to certain employees and directors to purchase 27,000 shares of common stock at a price of $120 per share. These options have a ten-year life. Of the options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, options

 

82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

covering 183,128 and 165,239 shares of common stock, respectively, were granted upon the closing of the 2004 Acquisition or in the first year thereafter. During 2008, options covering 9,549 of these shares were cancelled and 8,340 were forfeited. These options were issued prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) and therefore are accounted for in accordance with APB No. 25 and no stock compensation is required to be recognized. Of the 165,239 options outstanding at December 31, 2008, 110,537 options are vested with a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6 years. A summary of option transactions for the years ended 2006, 2007 and 2008 for options that were granted after the effective date of SFAS No. 123 (R) is shown below:

 

     2006    2007    2008
     Options    Wtd. Avg.
Ex. Price
   Options    Wtd. Avg.
Ex. Price
   Options     Wtd. Avg.
Ex. Price

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

     —      $ —        4,025    $ 100.00      29,487     $ 100.00

Granted

     4,025    $ 100.00      25,462    $ 100.00      27,000     $ 120.00

Cancelled

     —      $ —        —      $ —        (655 )   $ 100.00

Forfeited

     —      $ —        —      $ —        (1,456 )   $ 100.00
                              

Outstanding at End of Year

     4,025    $ 100.00      29,487    $ 100.00      54,376     $ 109.93
                              

Exercisable at End of Year

     —      $ —        4,264    $ 100.00      24,566     $ 108.01

Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted

   $ 46.22       $ 46.02       $ 42.39    

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years):

                

Outstanding at End of Year

     10         9.2         8.7    

Exercisable at End of Year

     —           9.2         8.6    

Stock compensation expense totaling $561 and $635 has been recognized in 2007 and 2008, respectively for these options.

One-half of the options granted to employees in the initial one-year period following the 2004 Acquisition vest on a time basis, 20% per year over five years; the remaining one-half vest on a performance basis at a rate of between 0% and 20% per year, depending on the extent to which established performance targets are attained, with 85% attainment of performance targets being the threshold for any vesting. Performance-based options granted during this period are subject to certain acceleration provisions and, regardless of the achievement of performance targets in any year, may vest in full in the event of a transaction in which the Company’s Sponsors realize an internal rate of return of at least 20% on their investment in the Company, or may vest in full 8 years following the date of grant if the Compensation Committee determines that certain accounting treatment would be required in the absence of such vesting. The same principles apply in the case of options granted after this initial period but before 2008, except that only the last three years of the five-year period applicable to options granted in the initial period are taken into account, and vesting occurs in increments of 33% rather than 20%. With respect to options granted in 2008, two-thirds of the options vest on a time basis at a rate of 50% per year over two years and the remaining one-third were eligible for vesting based on the performance of the Company in 2008. Options granted to employees covering 105,149 and 131,403 shares were vested as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. All of the options granted to directors vest on a time basis, 20% per year over five years in the case of options granted before 2008, and 50% per year over two years in the case of options granted in 2008. Options granted to directors covering an aggregate of 1,000 and 3,700 shares were vested as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

 

83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

The Company uses expected volatility of similar entities to develop the expected volatility. The expected option life was calculated using the simplified method as described in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The risk free rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equal to the expected option life, on the date the stock options were granted. Fair value for the shares that are accounted for under SFAS No. 123(R) was estimated at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     2007     2008  

Expected volatility

   40.00 %   34.00 %

Dividend yield

   0.00 %   0.00 %

Expected option life

   6.0 years     5.5 years  

Risk-free rate

   4.50 %   2.40% - 2.65 %

The Company also maintains a nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan which allows eligible executives and directors to defer base pay, bonus payments and long-term incentive pay and have it allocated on a pre-tax basis to various investment alternatives and ultimately distributed to the executive at a designated time in the future. In December 2006, a new plan feature referred to as the “Management Stock Purchase Plan” was established which provides participants the opportunity to “purchase” Company stock units with income deferred under the deferred compensation plan at a price based on the fair value of Company common stock determined on a semi-annual basis by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Purchased stock units are matched by the Company at year-end on a one-for-one basis, subject to plan provisions which allow for an annual cap on the aggregate number of matching stock units, which the Compensation Committee may apply in its discretion. On December 31, 2008, approximately 40,597 Company stock units at $120 per unit were outstanding under this plan, subject to certain adjustments based on net actual incentive payments. Approximately 20,242 of these stock units are matching stock units that generally vest ratably over a three year period. No units were vested as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, 6,479 units were vested. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), for units granted to retirement eligible employees, compensation expense must be recognized immediately, since employees meeting eligibility for retirement would be immediately vested in this plan upon leaving employment. Compensation expense related to Company stock units equaled $988 and $629 in 2007 and 2008, respectively.

18. Business Segments

Throughout 2008, the Company operated in three business segments: Body & Chassis Systems, Fluid Systems, and Asia Pacific. The Body & Chassis segment consisted mainly of body sealing products and components that protect vehicle interiors from weather, dust, and noise intrusion as well as systems and components that control and isolate noise vibration in a vehicle to improve ride and handling. The Fluid segment consisted primarily of subsystems and components that direct, control, measure, and transport fluids and vapors throughout a vehicle. The Asia Pacific segment consisted of both Body & Chassis and Fluid operations in that region with the exception of the Company’s interest in a joint venture in China which was acquired as part of the MAPS acquisition, and the MAP India joint venture. These joint ventures are included in the Body & Chassis segment which is in line with the internal management structure.

During 2007, the Company revised its segment disclosures from two reportable segments to the three reportable segments described above and has revised the prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. On March 26, 2009, the Company announced the implementation of a plan involving the discontinuation of its global Body & Chassis and Fluid Systems operating divisions and the establishment of a new operating structure organized on the basis of geographic regions. Under the plan, the Company’s reporting segments, as well as its operating structure, has changed, and the Company intends to revise its segment disclosures beginning with the second quarter of 2009 from the three segments described above to two reportable segments, North America and International (comprising all of the Company’s operations outside of North America).

 

84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” (SFAS 131) establishes the standards for reporting information about operating segments in financial statements. In applying the criteria set forth in SFAS 131, the Company has determined that it operates in three segments.

The accounting policies of the Company’s business segments are consistent with those described in Note 2. The Company evaluates segment performance based on segment profit before tax. The results of each segment include certain allocations for general, administrative, interest, and other shared costs. However, certain shared costs are not allocated to the segments and are included below in Eliminations and other. Intersegment sales are conducted at market prices. Segment assets are calculated based on a moving average over several quarters and exclude corporate assets, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred taxes, and certain other assets.

 

85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

     For the Year Ended  
     2006     2007     2008  

Sales to external customers

      

Body & Chassis

   $ 1,100,390     $ 1,317,621     $ 1,523,314  

Fluid

     971,122       1,096,944       979,601  

Asia Pacific

     92,750       96,588       91,662  
                        

Consolidated

   $ 2,164,262     $ 2,511,153     $ 2,594,577  
                        

Intersegment sales

      

Body & Chassis

   $ 20,162     $ 21,867     $ 13,389  

Fluid

     3,149       4,142       2,702  

Asia Pacific

     1,396       7,768       9,117  

Eliminations and other

     (24,707 )     (33,777 )     (25,208 )
                        

Consolidated

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

Segment profit

      

Body & Chassis

   $ (26,108 )   $ 33,993     $ (16,919 )

Fluid

     19,173       (137,913 )     (49,556 )

Asia Pacific

     (8,729 )     (14,127 )     (25,681 )
                        

Income before income taxes

   $ (15,664 )   $ (118,047 )   $ (92,156 )
                        

Depreciation and amortization expense

      

Body & Chassis

   $ 68,562     $ 62,176     $ 74,100  

Fluid

     60,611       64,500       57,033  

Asia Pacific

     4,741       5,729       5,201  

Eliminations and other

     4,519       3,644       3,771  
                        

Consolidated

   $ 138,433     $ 136,049     $ 140,105  
                        

Capital expenditures

      

Body & Chassis

   $ 36,506     $ 55,614     $ 54,691  

Fluid

     32,403       39,222       19,358  

Asia Pacific

     11,102       9,165       8,299  

Eliminations and other

     2,863       3,254       9,777  
                        

Consolidated

   $ 82,874     $ 107,255     $ 92,125  
                        

Segment assets

      

Body & Chassis

     $ 1,153,013     $ 978,953  

Fluid

       811,715       668,272  

Asia Pacific

       89,568       83,253  

Eliminations and other

       107,959       87,773  
                  

Consolidated

     $ 2,162,255     $ 1,818,251  
                  

Net interest expense included in segment profit for Body & Chassis totaled $43,503, $43,831 and $58,187 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, Fluid totaled $40,447, $41,971 and $28,662 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, Asia Pacific totaled $3,197, $3,775 and $6,045 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Restructuring costs included in segment profit for Body & Chassis totaled $19,454, $17,553 and $12,502 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, Fluid totaled $4,450, $8,771 and $19,321 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, Asia Pacific totaled $1, $62, and $6,031 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, Eliminations and other totaled $0, $0, and $446 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Geographic information for revenues, based on country of origin, and long-lived assets is as follows:

 

     2006    2007    2008

Revenues

        

United States

   $ 806,630    $ 857,051    $ 668,500

Canada

     392,329      380,793      304,652

Mexico

     258,117      288,614      271,271

Germany

     210,796      324,305      440,393

Other

     496,390      660,390      909,761
                    

Consolidated

   $ 2,164,262    $ 2,511,153    $ 2,594,577
                    

Tangible long-lived assets

        

United States

      $ 178,797    $ 167,287

Canada

        80,056      50,773

Mexico

        60,330      55,295

Germany

        125,766      108,608

Other

        277,424      242,024
                

Consolidated

      $ 722,373    $ 623,987
                

Net sales to customers of the Company which contributed ten percent or more of its total consolidated net sales and the related percentage of consolidated Company sales for 2006, 2007, and 2008 are as follows:

 

     2006
Percentage of
Combined
Net Sales
    2007
Percentage of
Combined
Net Sales
    2008
Percentage of
Combined
Net Sales
 

Customer

      

Ford

   29 %   27 %   25 %

General Motors

   25 %   20 %   16 %

DaimlerChrysler

   10 %   —       —    

19. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of the Senior and Senior Subordinated Notes approximated $443,400 and $146,900 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, based on quoted market prices, compared to the recorded values totaling $530,500 and $523,500, respectively. Fair values of the Term Loans approximated $247,600 at December 31, 2008, based on quoted market prices, compared to the recorded values totaling $530,000.

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, including forwards and swap contracts to manage its exposures to fluctuations in foreign exchange, interest rates and commodity prices. For a fair value hedge both the effective and ineffective, if significant, portions are recorded in earnings and reflected in the consolidated statement of operations. For a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheet. The ineffective portion, if significant, is recorded in other income or expense. Historically, the ineffective portion has been nominal. When the underlying hedged transaction is realized or the hedged transaction is no longer probable, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is recorded in earnings and reflected in the consolidated statement of operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.

The Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including the identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the cash flow hedges. The Company also formally assesses whether a cash flow hedge is highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in other current and long-term assets and other current and long-term liabilities.

For a net investment hedge the fair value of the derivative is recorded in cumulative translation adjustment, which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheet. During 2008, gains of $2,791 were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Interest Rate Swaps – The Company has entered into interest rate swap contracts to manage cash flow fluctuations of variable rate debt due to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate swap contracts which fix the interest payments of certain variable rate debt instruments or fix the market rate component of anticipated fixed rate debt instruments are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

As of December 31, 2008, interest rate swap contracts representing $309,105 of notional amount were outstanding with maturity dates of December, 2010 through September, 2013. The above amount includes $161,649 of notional amount pertaining to the swap of USD denominated debt fixed at 5.764% and $59,850 of notional fixed at 3.19%, $14,677 pertaining to the Canadian dollar denominated debt fixed at 4.91% and $11,601 of notional amount pertaining to EURO denominated debt fixed at 4.14%. The above notional amount also includes $61,329 of a USD denominated swap with a counterparty that no longer qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting due to the counterparty filing for bankruptcy protection. These contracts modify the variable rate characteristics of the Company’s variable rate debt instruments, which are generally set at three-month USD LIBOR rates, Canadian Dollar Bankers Acceptance Rates or six-month Euribor rates. The remaining $61,329 of notional amount is a pay float, receive 3.67% fixed swap to offset the effects of the swap that no longer qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting.

On September 15, 2008, a counterparty on one of the Company’s USD swaps filed for bankruptcy protection. The swap was de-designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The de-designation of this hedge relationship resulted in the following actions:

 

   

As the underlying cash flow risk this swap was designed to hedge remains highly probable of occurring, the amount of net losses of $(4,350) that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) pertaining to this swap will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the anticipated hedge relationship which would have normally terminated in December 2011.

 

   

Recognizing the change in fair market value of the swap from the last date the hedge was effective to September 30, 2008. This change in market value was a decrease in swap liability from $(4,350) to $(3,852) or a gain of $498.

On September 30, 2008 the Company executed a new off-setting swap to neutralize the future impact of changes in market value of the de-designated swap. The off-setting swap covers an identical notional amount of $61,329, uses the same 3-month LIBOR, and pays a fixed coupon of 3.67% until its maturity in December 2011. This swap will not be designated as a cash flow hedge under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative instruments and Hedging Activities”, and as a result will be marked to market. This will serve to offset the earnings impact of the future changes in market value of the de-designated swap.

On November 12, 2008, the Company executed a new interest rate swap. This swap is designed to modify the variable rate characteristics of the debt instruments and is designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. This new swap with a pay fixed at 3.19% was put in place to cover the lost interest-rate-fluctuation shield caused by the de-designation discussed above.

On December 24, 2008, the Company unwound one of the interest rate swaps which resulted in cash settlements on January 2, 2009 of $9,850 including accrued interest of $383 to the counterparty that required, per the ISDA that covered the swap contract, to terminate the swap upon the Company’s credit rating falling below B3.

Upon termination the swap was de-designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The de-designation of this hedge relationship resulted in the following actions:

 

   

As the underlying cash flow risk this swap was designed to hedge remains highly probable of occurring, the amount of net losses of $(9,467) million that were recorded in accumulated other

 

88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

comprehensive income (loss) pertaining to this will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the anticipated hedge relationship which was to have terminated in December 2011.

As of December 31, 2008, the $(21,023) fair market value of the swaps was recorded in accrued liabilities $(15,436), and other long-term liabilities $(5,587). An amount $(20,301), net of taxes, was recorded as net losses in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). This amount includes $(13,252) for the de-designated/terminated swaps as the balance remaining on the OCI pertaining to these swaps is to be amortized over the remaining life of the underlying debt until December 2011. The fair market value of all outstanding interest rate swap contracts is subject to change in value due to change in interest rates. During 2008 losses of $5,496 were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. The Company expects approximately $10,568 of net losses to be reclassified in 2009.

Forward foreign exchange contracts – The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on Term Loan B, a U.S. dollar denominated obligation of our Canadian subsidiary, a portion of our Euro Term Loan E, and short-term foreign currency denominated intercompany transactions. Gains and losses on the derivative instruments are intended to offset gains and losses on the hedged transactions in an effort to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The currencies hedged by these arrangements are the Canadian Dollar, Euro and Brazilian Real. Gains of $12,855 related to these contracts were recorded in other income (expense) during the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008 the fair market value of these contracts was approximately $7,968.

The Company also uses forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the Mexican peso to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted operating expenses of our Mexican facilities. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $45,650 of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $(7,023). A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Mexican peso would result in a decrease of $2,833 in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Mexican peso would result in an increase of $3,598 in the fair market value of these contracts.

The Company also uses forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the U.S. dollar to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted material purchases of our Canadian facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $26,800 of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $3,390. A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar would result in an increase of $2,625 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar would result in a decrease of $2,625 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

The Company also uses forward foreign exchange to hedge the U.S. dollar to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted material purchases of our European facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $14,688 of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $295. A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro would result in an increase of $1,605 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro would result in a decrease of $1,313 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

The Company also uses forward foreign exchange to hedge the Czech Koruna (CZK) to reduce the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on a portion of the forecasted operating expenses of our European facilities. As of December 31, 2008, forward foreign exchange contracts representing $14,820 of notional amount were outstanding with maturities of less than twelve months. The fair market value of these contracts was approximately $(1,027). A 10% strengthening of the Euro relative to the CZK would result in a decrease of $1,235 million in the fair market value of these contracts. A 10% weakening of the Euro relative to the CZK would result in an increase of $1,509 million in the fair market value of these contracts.

 

89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

During 2008 gains of $2,185 related to the forward foreign exchange contracts were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. The amount to be reclassified in 2009 is expected to be approximately $(4,365).

Commodity price hedges – The Company has exposure to the prices of commodities in the procurement of certain raw materials. The primary purpose of the Company’s commodity price hedging activities is to manage the volatility associated with these forecasted purchases. The Company primarily utilizes forward contracts with maturities of less than 24 months, which are accounted for as cash flow hedges. These instruments are intended to offset the effect of changes in commodity prices on forecasted inventory purchases. As of December 31, 2008, commodity contracts for carbon black and natural gas representing $11,728 of notional amount were outstanding with a fair market value of approximately $(4,950). A 10% change in the underlying commodity prices would result in a $489 change in the fair market values of these contracts. During 2008 losses of $1,448 were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. The Company expects approximately $4,950 of losses to be reclassified in 2009.

SFAS No. 157 clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value measurements are based on one or more of the following three techniques noted in SFAS No. 157:

Market: This approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

Income: This approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount based on current market expectations.

Cost: This approach is based on the amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).

SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

  Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

 

  Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

  Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 157 as of December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     Liability    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 22,370    $ —      $ —      $ 22,370

A reconciliation of changes in assets and liabilities related to derivative instruments measured at fair value using the market and income approach adjusted for our and our counterparty’s credit risks for the year ended December 31, 2008, is shown below:

 

Balance as of January 1, 2008

   $ —  

Transfers into Level 3

     22,370
      

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 22,370
      

 

90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Fair value measurements for non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangibles, property, plant and equipment and equity investment impairment assessments are not reflected in the disclosures above due to FASB Staff Position 157-2, which deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities.

20. Selected Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

 

     First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

2007

          

Sales

   $ 576,261    $ 623,998    $ 602,570     $ 708,324  

Gross profit

     93,477      106,808      83,459       113,370  

Net income (loss)

     4,674      9,686      (12,790 )     (152,563 )
     First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

2008

          

Sales

   $ 756,021    $ 765,639    $ 599,656     $ 473,261  

Gross profit

     119,119      117,989      62,484       34,922  

Net income (loss)

     15,672      11,587      (32,595 )     (116,115 )

21. Sale Leaseback Transaction

During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company sold a manufacturing facility to an independent third party. Gross proceeds from this sale were $4,806. Concurrent with this sale, the Company entered into an agreement to lease the facility back from the purchaser over a lease term of 10 years. This lease is accounted for as an operating lease. A gain of $723 was deferred and is being amortized over the lease term.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company sold a manufacturing facility to an independent third party and simultaneously agreed to lease the facility from that party for a period of 15 years. Gross proceeds from this sale were $8,556. The transaction is structured as an operating lease.

22. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries

In connection with the December 2004 acquisition by the Company of the automotive segment of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company, Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. (the “Issuer”), a wholly-owned subsidiary, issued the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes with a total principal amount of $550,000. Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (the “Parent”) and all wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. (the “Guarantors”) unconditionally guarantee the notes. The following condensed consolidated financial data provides information regarding the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Guarantors. Separate financial statements of the Guarantors are not presented because management has determined that those would not be material to the holders of the notes. The Guarantors account for their investments in the non-guarantor subsidiaries on the equity method. The principal elimination entries are to eliminate the investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions (dollars in millions).

 

91


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Issuer     Guarantors    Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals
 

Sales

   $ —       $ 471.3     $ 586.0    $ 1,209.7     $ (102.7 )   $ 2,164.3  

Cost of products sold

     —         427.5       487.6      1,019.7       (102.7 )     1,832.1  

Selling, administration, & engineering expenses

     —         106.2       44.3      49.3       —         199.8  

Amortization of intangibles

     —         21.6       2.5      6.9       —         31.0  

Impairment charges

     —         13.2       —        —         —         13.2  

Restructuring

     —         7.0       0.8      16.1       —         23.9  
                                               

Operating profit (loss)

     —         (104.2 )     50.8      117.7       —         64.3  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     —         (74.3 )     —        (12.9 )     —         (87.2 )

Equity earnings

     —         (0.1 )     0.3      —         —         0.2  

Other income (expense)

     —         47.2       1.8      (42.0 )     —         7.0  
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —         (131.4 )     52.9      62.8       —         (15.7 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     —         (50.3 )     20.2      22.8       —         (7.3 )
                                               

Income (loss) before equity in income (loss) of subsidiaries

     —         (81.1 )     32.7      40.0       —         (8.4 )

Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (8.4 )     72.7       —        —         (64.3 )     —    
                                               

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ (8.4 )   $ (8.4 )   $ 32.7    $ 40.0     $ (64.3 )   $ (8.4 )
                                               

 

92


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals
 

Sales

   $ —       $ 456.8     $ 713.9     $ 1,464.3     $ (123.8 )   $ 2,511.2  

Cost of products sold

     —         411.9       571.8       1,254.2       (123.8 )     2,114.1  

Selling, administration, & engineering expenses

     —         103.0       51.8       67.3       —         222.1  

Amortization of intangibles

     —         21.5       2.8       7.6       —         31.9  

Impairment charges

     —         143.0       3.4       —         —         146.4  

Restructuring

     —         6.3       1.1       19.0       —         26.4  
                                                

Operating profit (loss)

     —         (228.9 )     83.0       116.2       —         (29.7 )

Interest expense, net of interest income

     —         (76.2 )     —         (13.3 )     —         (89.5 )

Equity earnings

     —         (0.3 )     2.3       0.2       —         2.2  

Other income (expense)

     —         41.5       0.2       (42.8 )     —         (1.1 )
                                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —         (263.9 )     85.5       60.3       —         (118.1 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     —         20.3       (15.3 )     27.9         32.9  
                                                

Income (loss) before equity in income (loss) of subsidiaries

     —         (284.2 )     100.8       32.4       —         (151.0 )

Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (151.0 )     133.2       —         —         17.8       —    
                                                

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ (151.0 )   $ (151.0 )   $ 100.8     $ 32.4     $ 17.8     $ (151.0 )
                                                

 

93


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals
 

Sales

   $ —       $ 381.0     $ 553.7     $ 1,759.1     $ (99.2 )   $ 2,594.6  

Cost of products sold

     —         347.7       465.4       1,546.2       (99.2 )     2,260.1  

Selling, administration, & engineering expenses

     —         87.8       40.7       103.2       —         231.7  

Amortization of intangibles

     —         20.5       2.3       8.2       —         31.0  

Impairment charges

     —         24.7       2.3       6.4       —         33.4  

Restructuring

     —         5.4       4.2       28.7       —         38.3  
                                                

Operating profit (loss)

     —         (105.1 )     38.8       66.4       —         0.1  

Interest expense, net of interest income

     —         (77.8 )     —         (15.1 )     —         (92.9 )

Equity earnings

     —         (4.4 )     3.4       1.9       —         0.9  

Other income (expense)

     —         27.2       (0.9 )     (26.6 )     —         (0.3 )
                                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     —         (160.1 )     41.3       26.6       —         (92.2 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     —         4.1       (1.1 )     26.3         29.3  
                                                

Income (loss) before equity in income (loss) of subsidiaries

     —         (164.2 )     42.4       0.3       —         (121.5 )

Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (121.5 )     42.7       —         —         78.8       —    
                                                

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ (121.5 )   $ (121.5 )   $ 42.4     $ 0.3     $ 78.8     $ (121.5 )
                                                

 

94


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Issuer     Guarantors    Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals

ASSETS

              

Current assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ 42.6     $ —      $ (1.7 )   $ —       $ 40.9

Accounts receivable, net

     —        52.3       105.6      388.9       —         546.8

Inventories

     —        24.4       28.9      102.0       —         155.3

Prepaid Expenses

     —        (2.3 )     1.0      20.9       —         19.6

Other

     —        9.8       —        0.1       —         9.9
                                            

Total current assets

     —        126.8       135.5      510.2       —         772.5

Investments in affiliates and intercompany accounts, net

     268.5      360.4       490.4      177.5       (1,260.1 )     36.7

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     —        76.7       129.2      516.5       —         722.4

Goodwill

     —        248.7       17.3      24.6       —         290.6

Other assets

     —        199.6       35.0      105.5       —         340.1
                                            
   $ 268.5    $ 1,012.2     $ 807.4    $ 1,334.3     $ (1,260.1 )   $ 2,162.3
                                            

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

              

Current liabilities:

              

Debt payable within one year

   $ —      $ 7.6     $ —      $ 44.4     $ —       $ 52.0

Accounts payable

     —        60.1       33.3      202.2       —         295.6

Accrued liabilities

     —        59.1       8.1      119.1       —         186.3
                                            

Total current liabilities

     —        126.8       41.4      365.7       —         533.9

Long-term debt

     —        970.8       —        117.4       —         1,088.2

Other long-term liabilities

     —        134.1       6.9      130.7       —         271.7
                                            
     —        1,231.7       48.3      613.8       —         1,893.8

Total stockholders’ equity

     268.5      (219.5 )     759.1      720.5       (1,260.1 )     268.5
                                            
   $ 268.5    $ 1,012.2     $ 807.4    $ 1,334.3     $ (1,260.1 )   $ 2,162.3
                                            

 

95


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Issuer     Guarantors    Non-Guarantors    Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals

ASSETS

               

Current assets:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ 40.0     $ —      $ 71.5    $ —       $ 111.5

Accounts receivable, net

     —        53.1       65.7      233.2      —         352.0

Inventories

     —        17.1       21.2      78.7      —         117.0

Prepaid Expenses

     —        (1.1 )     0.6      19.7      —         19.2

Other

     —        23.9       —        —        —         23.9
                                           

Total current assets

     —        133.0       87.5      403.1      —         623.6

Investments in affiliates and intercompany accounts, net

     15.2      315.4       599.5      161.4      (1,058.1 )     33.4

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     —        70.3       118.5      435.2      —         624.0

Goodwill

     —        194.1       17.3      33.6      —         245.0

Other assets

     —        149.4       17.1      125.8      —         292.3
                                           
   $ 15.2    $ 862.2     $ 839.9    $ 1,159.1    $ (1,058.1 )   $ 1,818.3
                                           

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

               

Current liabilities:

               

Debt payable within one year

   $ —      $ 43.5     $ —      $ 50.6    $ —       $ 94.1

Accounts payable

     —        36.4       25.0      131.6      —         193.0

Accrued liabilities

     —        65.6       6.7      92.3      —         164.6
                                           

Total current liabilities

     —        145.5       31.7      274.5      —         451.7

Long-term debt

     —        957.5       —        92.5      —         1,050.0

Other long-term liabilities

     —        165.0       6.7      129.7      —         301.4
                                           
     —        1,268.0       38.4      496.7      —         1,803.1

Total stockholders’ equity

     15.2      (405.8 )     801.5      662.4      (1,058.1 )     15.2
                                           
   $ 15.2    $ 862.2     $ 839.9    $ 1,159.1    $ (1,058.1 )   $ 1,818.3
                                           

 

96


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations    Consolidated
Totals
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

             

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ —       $ 37.6     $ 26.9     $ 71.4     $ —      $ 135.9  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

             

Property, plant, and equipment

     —         (12.5 )     (26.5 )     (43.9 )     —        (82.9 )

Acquisition of FHS, net of cash acquired

     —         (201.6 )     —         —         —        (201.6 )

Return on equity investment

     —         7.7       —         —         —        7.7  

Cost of equity investments

     —         (0.4 )     —         (3.7 )     —        (4.1 )

Other

     —         (1.0 )     —         0.1       —        (0.9 )
                                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         (207.8 )     (26.5 )     (47.5 )     —        (281.8 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

             

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —         214.8       —         —         —        214.8  

Repurchase of bonds

     —         (14.9 )     —         —         —        (14.9 )

Principal payments on long-term debt

     —         (9.2 )     —         (37.6 )     —        (46.8 )

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     0.3       —         —         —         —        0.3  

Net change in intercompany advances

     (0.3 )     0.3       —         —         —        —    

Other

     —         (4.3 )     —         (1.5 )     —        (5.8 )
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     —         186.7       —         (39.1 )     —        147.6  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —         —         —         (7.6 )     —        (7.6 )

Changes in cash and cash equivalents

     —         16.5       0.4       (22.8 )     —        (5.9 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —         5.4       0.0       56.8       —        62.2  
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —       $ 21.9     $ 0.4     $ 34.0     $ —      $ 56.3  
                                               

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —       $ 48.9     $ 31.8     $ 57.7     $ —      $ 138.4  

 

97


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Issuer     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations    Consolidated
Totals
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

              

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ —      $ (56.4 )   $ 28.2     $ 213.6     $ —      $ 185.4  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

              

Property, plant, and equipment

     —        (12.6 )     (18.6 )     (76.1 )     —        (107.3 )

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     —        —         (10.0 )     (148.7 )     —        (158.7 )

Gross proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction

     —        —         —         4.8       —        4.8  

Other

     —        0.1       —         1.1       —        1.2  
                                              

Net cash used in investing activities

     —        (12.5 )     (28.6 )     (218.9 )     —        (260.0 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

              

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —        60.0       —         —         —        60.0  

Increase/(decrease) in short term debt

     —        1.4       —         4.8       —        6.2  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     —        (2.7 )     —         (34.9 )     —        (37.6 )

Debt issuance costs

     —        (2.9 )     —         (0.2 )     —        (3.1 )

Equity Contributions

     —        30.0       —         —         —        30.0  

Other

     —        (0.5 )     —         —         —        (0.5 )
                                              

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     —        85.3       —         (30.3 )     —        55.0  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —        4.3       —         (0.1 )     —        4.2  

Changes in cash and cash equivalents

     —        20.7       (0.4 )     (35.7 )     —        (15.4 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —        21.9       0.4       34.0       —        56.3  
                                              

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —      $ 42.6     $ (0.0 )   $ (1.7 )   $ —        40.9  
                                              

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —      $ 40.8     $ 30.8     $ 64.4     $ —      $ 136.0  

 

98


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Issuer     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations    Consolidated
Totals
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 0.5     $ (24.0 )   $ 12.2     $ 147.8     $ —      $ 136.5  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

             

Property, plant, and equipment

     —         (9.1 )     (12.5 )     (70.6 )     —        (92.2 )

Gross proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction

     —         —         —         8.6       —        8.6  

Other

     —         4.1       0.3       5.3       —        9.7  
                                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         (5.0 )     (12.2 )     (56.7 )     —        (73.9 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

             

Increase/(decrease) in short term debt

     —         35.8       —         1.2       —        37.0  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     —         (2.9 )     —         (13.6 )     —        (16.5 )

Repurchase of bonds

     —         (5.3 )     —         —         —        (5.3 )

Other

     (0.5 )     (0.5 )     —         (0.1 )     —        (1.1 )
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (0.5 )     27.1       —         (12.5 )     —        14.1  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —         (0.7 )     —         (5.4 )     —        (6.1 )

Changes in cash and cash equivalents

     —         (2.6 )     —         73.2       —        70.6  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —         42.6       —         (1.7 )     —        40.9  
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —       $ 40.0     $ —       $ 71.5     $ —      $ 111.5  
                                               

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —       $ 37.7     $ 24.8     $ 77.6     $ —      $ 140.1  

 

99


Table of Contents

23. Accounts Receivable Factoring

As a part of its working capital management, the Company sells certain receivables through third party financial institutions without recourse. The amount sold varies each month based on the amount of underlying receivables and cash flow needs of the Company.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had $43,544 of receivables outstanding under receivable transfer agreements entered into by various locations. The Company incurred a loss on the sale of receivables for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $2,219; this amount is recorded in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company continues to service the receivables for one of the locations. These are permitted transactions under the Company’s credit agreement. The Company is also pursuing similar arrangements in various locations.

 

100


Table of Contents

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(dollars in millions)

 

Description

   Balance at
beginning
of period
   Acquisition (b)    Charged to
Expenses
    Charged
(credited)
to other
accounts (a)
    Deductions     Balance at
end of
period

Allowance for doubtful accounts deducted from accounts receivable

              

Year ended December 31, 2006

   $ 5.4    5.8    5.5     0.7     (7.3 )   $ 10.1

Year ended December 31, 2007

   $ 10.1    0.9    0.1     0.8     (1.7 )   $ 10.2

Year ended December 31, 2008

   $ 10.2    —      (1.4 )   (2.1 )   (2.7 )   $ 4.0

Inventory reserve account deducted from inventories

              

Year ended December 31, 2006

   $ 6.3    2.0    3.8     0.6     (1.7 )   $ 11.0

Year ended December 31, 2007

   $ 11.0    2.1    4.0     1.0     (3.3 )   $ 14.8

Year ended December 31, 2008

   $ 14.8    —      0.9     (1.1 )   (3.8 )   $ 10.8

 

(a) Primarily foreign currency translation.
(b) 2006 relates to FHS acquisition.

2007 relates to MAPS acquisition.

 

     Balance at
beginning
of period
   Additions     Deductions (a)     Balance at
end of
period

Description

      Charged to
Income
   Charged to
Equity
     

Tax valuation allowance

            

Year ended December 31, 2006

   $ 71.0    12.8    —       (3.0 )   80.8

Year ended December 31, 2007

   $ 80.8    56.4    (3.3 )   (5.1 )   128.8

Year ended December 31, 2008

   $ 128.8    45.2    21.4     (20.2 )   175.2

 

(a) Net reduction in tax valuation allowance is a result of the reversal of valuation allowances set up through purchase accounting and reversed through goodwill as a result of utilization of tax loss carryforwards and other cumulative book/tax difference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

101


Table of Contents
Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures.

The Company has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. However, based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report.

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

102


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The following table sets forth information about our current directors, executive officers and other named officers.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

James S. McElya

   61    Chairman, Director, and Chief Executive Officer

Edward A. Hasler

   59    Vice Chairman, Director, and President, North America

Allen J. Campbell

   51    Chief Financial Officer

Keith D. Stephenson

   48    President, International

Gerald J. Cardinale

   41    Director

Gary L. Convis

   66    Director

Jack Daly

   42    Director

S.A. (Tony) Johnson

   68    Director

Leo F. Mullin

   66    Director

James A. Stern

   58    Director

Stephen A. Van Oss

   54    Director

Kenneth L. Way

   69    Director

James S. McElya is our Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, a position he has held since March 2009 and previously held from September 2006 to July 2008. He served as executive Chairman from July 2008 to March 2009. Mr. McElya served as President and Chief Executive Officer from the date of the 2004 Acquisition to September 2006. He has been a director of the Company since the 2004 Acquisition. He was President, Cooper-Standard Automotive and a corporate Vice President of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company from June 2000 until the 2004 Acquisition. Mr. McElya has over 33 years of automotive experience. He was previously President of Siebe Automotive Worldwide, a division of Invensys, PLC and spent 22 years with Handy & Harman in various executive management positions, including President, Handy & Harman Automotive, and Corporate Vice President of the parent company. Mr. McElya is the current Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Motor & Equipment Manufacturers Association and is a past Chairman and current member of the Board of Directors of the Original Equipment Supplier Association. He is a member of the Board of Directors of the National Alliance for Accessible Golf.

Edward A. Hasler is our Vice Chairman and President, North America, a position he has held since March 2009. He has been a director of the Company since March 2009. Mr. Hasler served as President and Chief Executive Officer from July 2008 to March 2009. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer from September 2006 to July 2008. Mr. Hasler was President, Global Sealing Systems from the date of the 2004 Acquisition to September 2006. He was the President of the Global Sealing Systems Division and a corporate Vice President of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company from 2003 until the 2004 Acquisition. Mr. Hasler was employed from 2000 to 2001 in Germany as Managing Director, Europe for GDX Corporation. Prior to joining GDX, Mr. Hasler had been with Cooper Tire for nearly 15 years. At Cooper Tire, Mr. Hasler held several senior posts including Vice President, Operations; and Vice President, Controller. He has both an MBA and a BS in Business Administration.

Allen J. Campbell is our Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since the 2004 Acquisition. He was Vice President, Asian Operations of the Cooper-Standard Automotive division of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company from 2003 until the 2004 Acquisition and served as Vice President, Finance of the division from 1999 to 2003. Prior to joining Cooper Tire, Mr. Campbell was with The Dow Chemical Company for 18 years and held executive finance positions for both U.S. and Canadian operations. Mr. Campbell is a certified public accountant and received his MBA in Finance from Xavier University.

Keith D. Stephenson is our President, International, a position he has held since March 2009. He served as President, Global Body & Chassis Systems from June 2007 to March 2009. Mr. Stephenson was Chief

 

103


Table of Contents

Development Officer at Boler Company from January 2004 until October 2006. From 1985 to January 2004, he held various senior positions at Hendrickson, a division of Boler Company, including President of International Operations, Senior Vice President of Global Business Operations and President of the Truck Systems Group.

Gerald J. Cardinale has been a director of the Company since the 2004 Acquisition in December 2004. Mr. Cardinale is a Managing Director in the Principal Investment Area at Goldman Sachs & Co. He joined Goldman Sachs in 1992 and became a Managing Director in 2002. He serves on the Boards of Directors of Alliance Films Holdings, Inc., Sensus Metering Systems Inc., Clearwire Holdings, Inc., Cequel Communications, LLC, CSI Entertainment, CW Media Holdings, Inc., Griffon Corporation, Guthy-Renker Holdings, LLC, Legends Hospitality Holding Company, LLC and Yankees Entertainment & Sports Networks, LLC. Mr. Cardinale received an Honors B.A. from Harvard University and an M.Phil in Politics from Oxford University where he was a Rhodes Scholar.

Gary L. Convis has been a director of the Company since July 2007. Mr. Convis is Vice Chairman of Dana Holding Company, a position he has held since January 2009. He served as Dana’s Chief Executive Officer from April 2008 to January 2009. Mr. Convis retired in July 2007 as Chairman of Toyota Motor Manufacturing, Kentucky (TMMK), a position he held since 2006. Mr. Convis had previously served as President of TMMK since 2001. He also was a Managing Officer of Toyota Motor Corporation and Executive Vice President of Toyota Engineering and Manufacturing North America (TEMA), from 2003 until his retirement in 2007. Prior to serving in these roles, Mr. Convis spent 16 years at New United Motor Manufacturing, Inc., a joint venture between General Motors Corporation and Toyota. Mr. Convis also spent more than 20 years in various roles with General Motors and Ford Motor Company. Mr. Convis serves on the Boards of Directors of Dana Holding Corporation, Compass Automotive Group, Inc., and Achates Power LLC.

Jack Daly has been a director of the Company since the 2004 Acquisition in December 2004. Mr. Daly is a Managing Director in the Principal Investment Area of Goldman Sachs, where he has worked since 2000. From 1998 to 2000, he was a member of the Investment Banking Division of Goldman Sachs. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Daly was a Senior Instructor of Mechanical & Aerospace Engineering at Case Western Reserve University. Mr. Daly currently serves as a director of Clearwire Holdings, Inc., Hawker Beechcraft Corporation, Euramax Corporation and McJunkin Redman Corporation. He earned a B.S. and M.S. in Engineering from Case Western Reserve University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business.

S.A. (Tony) Johnson has been a director of the Company since the 2004 Acquisition in December 2004. He served as the Lead Director for our Board of Directors from September 2006 to August 2008 and as our Non-Executive Chairman from the date of the 2004 Acquisition in December 2004 to September 2006. Mr. Johnson is Managing Partner of OG Partners, a private industrial management company, a position he has held since 2004. Mr. Johnson served as the Chairman of Hidden Creek Industries from May 2001 to May 2004 and was its Chief Executive Officer and President from 1989 to May 2001. Prior to forming Hidden Creek, Mr. Johnson served from 1986 to 1989 as President and Chief Operating Officer of Pentair, Inc. Mr. Johnson currently serves as director of Commercial Vehicles Group Inc. He served as a director of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc. from 1990 to 2004, serving as its Chairman from 1990 to 2003; and also served as Chairman and a director of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc. from May 1990 until its sale to Lear Corporation in August 1995.

Leo F. Mullin has been a director of the Company since May 2005. Since September 2004, he has been a Senior Advisor on a part-time basis to Goldman Sachs Capital Partners. Mr. Mullin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Delta Air Lines from 1997 to 1999, as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to December 31, 2003 and as Chairman until his retirement on April 30, 2004. Previously, he served as Vice Chairman of Unicom Corporation and its principal subsidiary, Commonwealth Edison Company, from 1995 to 1997. He was an executive at First Chicago Corporation from 1981 to 1995, serving as that company’s President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Mullin is a director of Johnson & Johnson Corporation, Ace Limited and the privately held companies, Euramax Corporation, Educational Management Corporation and Hawker Beechcraft Corporation.

 

104


Table of Contents

James A. Stern has been a director of the Company since May 2007. Mr. Stern is the Chairman of The Cypress Group L.L.C., a position he has held since 1994. Mr. Stern headed Lehman Brothers’ Merchant Banking Group before leaving that firm to found Cypress. During his 20-year tenure with Lehman, he held senior management positions where he was responsible for the high yield and primary capital markets groups. He also served as co-head of investment banking and was a member of Lehman’s operating committee. Mr. Stern received his degree in Civil Engineering from Tufts University and a MBA from Harvard. Mr. Stern currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Lear Corporation and Affinia Group Inc., and is the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Tufts University.

Stephen A. Van Oss has been a director of the Company since August 2008. Mr. Van Oss also serves as chairman of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Mr. Van Oss is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative officer for WESCO Distribution, Inc., a position he has held since July 2004. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Van Oss served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of WESCO. He served as WESCO’s Director, Information Technology from 1997 to 2007 and as its Director, Acquisition Management in 1997. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Van Oss served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Paper Back Recycling of America, Inc. He also held various management positions with Reliance Electric Corporation. Mr. Van Oss is a director of WESCO Distribution, Inc. and is a trustee of Robert Morris University.

Kenneth L. Way has been a director of the Company since the 2004 Acquisition in December 2004. Mr. Way also serves as chairman of the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. Mr. Way is the former Chairman and CEO of Lear Corporation. Mr. Way had been affiliated with Lear Corporation and its predecessor companies for 37 years in various engineering, manufacturing and general management capacities. Mr. Way is also a director of WESCO International, Inc., Comerica, Inc. and CMS Energy Corporation.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors currently has an executive committee, an audit committee, and a compensation committee.

Executive Committee

Our executive committee currently consists of Messrs. McElya, Daly and Stern. Mr. McElya serves as the chairman of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee has the authority to discharge all functions of the Board of Directors in the management of our business during the interim between meetings of the Board of Directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Van Oss, Way, and Daly. Mr. Van Oss serves as the chairman of the audit committee. The Board of Directors has determined that the Company has at least two “audit committee financial experts” (as defined in Item 401(d)(5) of Regulation S-K), Messrs. Van Oss and Way, serving on the Audit Committee. Messrs. Van Oss and Way are “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The audit committee is responsible for (i) reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditors our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements and any audit issues and management’s response; (ii) reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditors our financial reporting and accounting standards and principles and significant changes in such standards and principles or their application; (iii) reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditors our internal system of financial controls and disclosure controls and our risk assessment and management policies and activities; (iv) reviewing and evaluating the independence, qualifications, and performance of our independent auditors; (v) reviewing our legal compliance and ethics programs and investigating matters relating to management’s integrity, including adherence to standards of business conduct established in our policies; and (vi) taking such actions as may be required or permitted under applicable law to be taken by an audit committee on behalf of us and our Board of Directors.

 

105


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Way, Daly and Stern. Mr. Way serves as the chairman of the compensation committee. The compensation committee is responsible for (i) the review and approval of corporate goals, objectives and other criteria relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; (ii) the evaluation of the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and the determination and approval of their compensation; (iii) the review and approval of executive compensation programs; (iv) the review of director compensation and director and officer indemnification and insurance matters; (v) the review and approval of contracts and transactions with executive officers; (vi) the review and approval of equity-based compensation plans and awards made pursuant to such plans; (vii) the approval, review and oversight of employee benefit plans of the Company, including the delegation of responsibility for such programs to the executive officers of the Company; and (viii) taking such actions as may be required or permitted under applicable law to be taken by a compensation committee on behalf of us and our Board of Directors.

Other Matters Concerning Directors

Securities and Exchange Commission regulations require the Company to describe certain legal proceedings, including bankruptcy and insolvency filings involving directors of the Company or companies of which a director was an executive officer. Mr. Mullin served as the Chief Executive Officer of Delta Air Lines, Inc. from 1997 through December 2003 and as its Chairman of the Board from 1999 through April 2004. Delta Air Lines filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in September 2005.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy that applies to all directors, officers, and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, including our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our controller. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy is available on our website at www.cooperstandard.com. We will also post on our website any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our policies that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or controller, and that relates to any of the following elements of these policies: honest and ethical conduct; disclosure in reports or documents filed by the Company with the SEC and in other public communications; compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; prompt internal reporting of code violations; and accountability for adherence to the policies.

 

106


Table of Contents
Item 11. Executive Compensation

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Executive Summary

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the key principles and material elements of the Company’s compensation policies for the “Named Executive Officers” of the Company identified in the “Executive Compensation” section which begins on page 117. Much of what is discussed below, however, applies generally to the Company’s executives and is not limited to the Named Executive Officers.

The Compensation Committee, with the assistance of independent executive compensation consultants, regularly reviews the various elements of the Company’s executive compensation program. In reviewing elements of compensation, the Company places considerable emphasis on performance-based compensation to ensure executives are compensated for annual and long-term Company results. Performance-based components of compensation normally include annual bonuses tied to annual adjusted EBITDA results, long-term incentive plan awards pertaining to three year performance periods, a stock incentive plan and a management stock purchase plan.

In the latter part of 2008 and continuing into 2009, the Company implemented a number of cost-reduction measures in response to the general economic downturn and, in particular, the substantial decline in worldwide automotive production and sales levels. These measures included reductions in base pay, bonus opportunities and benefits applicable to salaried employees of the Company, including the Named Executive Officers, which are described under “Compensation Determinations”.

The Compensation Committee intends to review the special measures described above as economic and industry conditions develop through 2009. The Committee has engaged Hewitt Associates to assist the Company in reviewing its entire executive compensation program in 2009 to ensure that it is appropriate in light of the Company’s compensation philosophy and objectives, as well as the economic and industry environment.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The objective of our current compensation program is to link executive compensation to Company performance in a manner that accomplishes the following:

 

   

enables us to attract and retain a highly qualified executive leadership team;

 

   

aligns the interests of executives with those of stockholders; and

 

   

motivates our leadership team to implement the Company’s long-term growth strategy while delivering consistently strong financial results.

The program rewards sustained enterprise value growth through incentives that are based on the achievement of performance objectives over varying time periods. As detailed below, the Company’s incentive programs emphasize specific Company or group-wide objectives over subjective, individual goals. Discretionary features of these programs allow for the recognition of achievements which the objective performance criteria do not fully measure but which further the Company’s key strategies. Base salary is designed, in general, to be near the median of the range applicable to companies deemed comparable to the Company and performance-based compensation is designed to provide opportunities above median levels in the industries in which the Company competes for executives.

Processes Relating to Executive Compensation

In May 2006, our Board of Directors established the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) to assist in discharging the Board’s responsibilities relating to the compensation of the Company’s directors and executive officers and the oversight of compensation plans, policies and benefit programs. The Company’s human resources executives and professionals support the Committee in its work. In evaluating and determining the salary and incentive compensation of our senior leadership team, the Committee receives information from our Global Vice President,

 

107


Table of Contents

Human Resources and recommendations from the CEO. The Committee as a whole, following discussions with the CEO, meets privately and determines the salary and incentive compensation of the CEO. Executives whose compensation is under consideration are not present during the Committee’s review meetings. The considerations, criteria and procedures applicable to these determinations are discussed under “Executive Compensation Components” beginning on page 109.

Total Compensation Review

In evaluating the compensation of the Company’s executives for 2008, the Committee engaged Towers Perrin to assess the market competitiveness of the Company’s executive compensation program with particular focus on total direct compensation, which is comprised of base salary, annual incentive award opportunities, long-term incentive award opportunities, executive perquisites other than core health and welfare benefits, and executive severance and change-in-control benefits. Towers Perrin compared the Company’s programs in these areas with those of two comparator groups: a group of eleven automotive suppliers selected on the basis of annual sales (ranging from $907 million to $12.4 billion, with a median of $5.0 billion) and a group of 50 companies from various industrial segments also selected on the basis of annual sales (ranging from $290 million to $10.7 billion, with a median of $2.7 billion), as follows:

Automotive Supplier Revenue-Based Comparator Group

 

•      

   American Axle & Mfg   

•      

   Eaton Corp   

•      

   Navistar International

•      

   ArvinMeritor   

•      

   Fleetwood Enterprises   

•      

   PPG Industries Inc

•      

   CLARCOR Inc.   

•      

   Hayes-Lemmerz   

•      

   Timken Co

•      

   Cooper Tire & Rubber   

•      

   Ingersoll-Rand Co Ltd      

Broad Industrial Comparator Group

 

•      

   Air Products and Chemicals Inc   

•      

   GATX Corp   

•      

   OMNOVA Solutions Inc

•      

   American Axle & Mfg.   

•      

   Harley-Davidson Inc.   

•      

   Owens-Illinois Inc.

•      

   Arctic Cat Inc.   

•      

   Harman International Industries   

•      

   Parker-Hannifin Corp

•      

   ArvinMeritor Inc   

•      

   Harsco Corp   

•      

   Plum Creek Timber Co Inc

•      

   Ball Corp   

•      

   Hayes Lemmerz   

•      

   Rockwell Automation Inc.

•      

   Black & Decker Corp   

•      

   HNI Corp   

•      

   Smurfit-Stone Container

•      

   Brady Corp   

•      

   IDEX Corporation   

•      

   Sonoco Products Co

•      

   Cameron International Corp   

•      

   ITT Corp   

•      

   Steelcase Inc.

•      

   Chesapeake Corp   

•      

   Kaman Corp   

•      

   Sybron

•      

   CLARCOR Inc   

•      

   Lafarge North America   

•      

   Terex Corp

•      

   Constar International Inc   

•      

   Louisiana-Pacific Corp   

•      

   Thomas & Betts Corp

•      

   Cooper Tire & Rubber Co   

•      

   MeadWestvaco Corp   

•      

   Timken Co (The)

•      

   Donaldson Co Inc.   

•      

   Milacron Inc.   

•      

   Toro Co (The)

•      

   Dresser-Rand Group Inc   

•      

   Mine Safety Appliances Co   

•      

   Trinity Industries Inc

•      

   Fleetwood Enterprises Inc.   

•      

   Monaco Coach Corp   

•      

   USG Corp

•      

   Flowserve Corp   

•      

   MSC Industrial Direct Co   

•      

   Valmont Industries Inc

•      

   Fortune Brands Inc.   

•      

   Navistar International Corp      

 

108


Table of Contents

Compensation Determinations

The Committee reviewed the report of Towers Perrin with the CEO and other members of executive management. The Committee considered the Towers Perrin report in determining the total compensation of senior management, but did not target any percentile level among the comparator groups used in the report in determining the appropriate level of each element of compensation for the executive leadership team. The Committee also took into account distinctions between the Company’s equity-based incentive compensation programs and those offered by many of the companies in the comparator groups arising out of the fact that the Company’s stock is not publicly traded as is the case with many of the comparator group companies. In this connection, the Committee reviewed the impact of the Company’s management stock purchase program which allows for the deferral and allocation of base and incentive compensation into stock units eligible for Company matching (described under “Executive Compensation Components – Management Stock Purchase Plan”). Taking into account the above, the survey data generally reaffirmed that compensation of the executive leadership team as then approved by the Committee was in accordance with the Company’s overall compensation strategy.

In the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the Company, with the approval of the Committee, implemented special cost-reduction measures affecting executive compensation. These included a 10% reduction in the base pay of salaried employees in the United States and Canada, including the Named Executive Officers, commencing in January 2009 and remaining in effect through June 2009, subject to extension; the suspension of the Company’s annual bonus plan programs in the United States and Canada, including the accrual of annual bonuses payable to the Named Executive Officers, for the first half of 2009; the freezing of benefit accruals under some defined benefit retirement plans in effect in the United States and Canada, including the qualified plan applicable to the Named Executive Officers; and the suspension of Company matching contributions for 2009 under some of the Company’s qualified defined contribution plans, including the qualified plan applicable to the Named Executive Officers.

These actions did not reflect a change in the Company’s compensation philosophy, but were taken as special measures in response to the general economic downturn and, more specifically, the substantial decline in worldwide automotive production and sales levels. It is difficult to predict how long, and to what extent, the economic and industry conditions that led to these special actions will persist. The Committee will continue to monitor these special measures in light of developing circumstances.

In 2009, the Committee has retained Hewitt Associates to work with management and the Committee and to conduct an executive compensation program audit. The audit will include the design of existing executive compensation programs as well as the value delivered for each executive position. It will result in an assessment of the level of alignment of the Company’s executive compensation program and plans with its strategic goals and compensation philosophy, the competitiveness of the program as compared to the external marketplace, and the technical compliance aspects of the program.

Executive Compensation Components

The elements of compensation available to the Company’s executives are:

Base Salary

Our executives are paid a base salary that is determined prior to or at the beginning of each fiscal year or upon changes in roles or positions within the Company. The Committee determines the salary of the CEO and, upon the recommendation of the CEO, the salaries of other members of the executive leadership team. The salaries of other executives are determined by the executives to whom they report, upon consultation with the CEO. Our policy is to pay base salaries that are competitive in the markets in which we compete for executives and that take into account the responsibilities and contributions of each executive. The base salary provides executives with a regular stream of income.

 

109


Table of Contents

Bonus

Prior to or early in the fiscal year, the Committee normally establishes performance targets on which the annual incentive bonuses payable to senior executives with respect to that year will be based. The targets are generally set in terms of the adjusted EBITDA of the Company as a whole or, in the case of executives with responsibility for a Company division, the adjusted EBITDA of that division. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in a manner similar to that applied with respect to the Company’s performance-based covenants under its Senior Credit Facilities and Indentures. “Adjusted EBITDA” (referred to as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Senior Credit Facilities) is consolidated net income plus the sum of i) consolidated interest expense; ii) consolidated income tax expense; iii) any non-cash charges, losses or expenses; iv) most non-recurring fees, cash charges and other cash expenses; v) non-specified restructuring charges limited to 7.5% of consolidated EBITDA; vi) non-recurring fees, expenses or charges related to professional or financial advisory, financing, underwriting and other similar services related to equity offerings, investments, acquisitions, divestitures or recapitalizations; vii) extraordinary charges or losses; ix) losses related to discontinued operations; x) losses in respect of business or asset dispositions outside the ordinary course; and xi) non-recurring restructuring charges related to the integration of businesses acquired in certain acquisition transactions, subject to certain restrictions. Additional adjustments are sometimes made for extraordinary events upon approval of the Compensation Committee. Adjusted EBITDA is deemed by the Company to be an appropriate objective measurement of the financial performance of the Company or division for that year. For each executive, a bonus amount payable upon achievement of the established performance target is established by the Committee (or, in the case of executives other than the executive leadership team, by the individual to whom such executive reports). In the first quarter following the end of the fiscal year to which the bonus applies, the Committee determines whether, and to what extent, the applicable performance targets were achieved based on the Company’s financial results for the fiscal year. The Committee may take into account special circumstances and adjust applicable performance targets and bonuses. The annual incentive bonus is designed to focus the executive leadership team on the achievement of strong financial performance over a one-year period.

Based on the business plan of the Company approved by the Board of Directors for 2008, the Committee established specific Adjusted EBITDA performance levels for 2008 corresponding to “target”, “threshold” and “superior performance” bonus payment amounts also established by the Committee. All the Named Executive Officers’ bonuses except for Mr. Stephenson’s were based on the performance of the Company as a whole. For all Named Executive Officers except Mr. Stephenson , the Compensation Committee established the following Adjusted EBITDA levels for bonus payments: $282,700,000 for a pay-out of 50% of the respective executives’ target bonus; $315,000,000 for a pay-out of 100% of the respective executives’ target bonus; and $347,300,000 for a pay-out of 200% of the respective executives’ target bonus. Mr. Stephenson’s bonus was based on the performance of the Body & Chassis division. The Compensation Committee established the following Body & Chassis division Adjusted EBITDA levels for bonus payments to Mr. Stephenson: $184,000,000 for a pay-out of 50% of his target bonus; $210,000,000 for a pay-out of 100% of his target bonus; and $236,000,000 for a pay-out of 200% of his target bonus. The superior performance EBITDA level for the Company as a whole and for the Body & Chassis division was deemed to represent a goal unlikely of achievement based on the assumptions underlying the business plan, except upon performance substantially exceeding expectations. Incentive bonus awards are determined on a linear basis for Adjusted EBITDA attainment falling (1) between the “threshold” and “target” levels, or (2) between the “target” and “superior performance” levels. The threshold Adjusted EBITDA levels for 2008 were not attained by the Company or by the Body & Chassis division and therefore none of the Named Executive Officers received an annual bonus for 2008.

 

110


Table of Contents

Long Term Incentive Compensation

The Company has a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) which provides for the granting by the Committee of performance-based awards to executive officers covering performance periods of one year or longer. Awards are normally granted in the first quarter of each year; however, interim grants may be made in the case of new hires or promotions. At the time awards are granted, the Committee establishes performance targets and a payment scale which determines payout amounts at different levels of performance. After the end of the performance period, the Committee determines whether, and to what extent, performance targets have been achieved and the amount of any awards that have been earned. Award amounts are subject to discretionary adjustment by the Committee (they may be adjusted downward up to 80% or upward up to 150%). If a participant engages in “inimical conduct,” meaning an action or omission contrary to the best interest of the Company, before payment of an award is made, the payment is subject to forfeit. LTIP awards are designed to focus the executive leadership team on strong, sustained cash generation and have therefore been based on the achievement of operating cash flow objectives for the Company as a whole, generally over three-year performance periods.

In general, performance periods are three years in duration. At the time LTIP awards are granted, the Committee establishes a target award amount for each executive which represents the amount the executive will receive at the conclusion of the applicable performance period if performance targets are exactly met during the period. Target award amounts are based on the level of responsibility of the executive and other performance-based factors.

Since the 2004 Acquisition, LTIP awards have been based on the achievement of operating cash generation goals. Based on the business plan of the Company, the Committee establishes specific operating cash flow targets for the Company as a whole on an annual basis. The “target” performance level represents what the Committee deems to be good operating cash flow performance for the year which is reasonably capable of achievement at a high level of performance on the part of the executive leadership team and the employees of the Company, based on the assumptions and business conditions on which the business plan of the Company is based. LTIP awards for the three-year performance period ending December 31, 2008 were based on the achievement of operating cash flow targets for the years ending December 2006, 2007 and 2008. The target operating cash flow for 2006 was established at $119,500,000, for 2007 at $108,200,000 and for 2008 at $179,000,000.

At the end of each LTIP performance period, the Committee determines the extent to which the Company’s mean average operating cash flow performance during the performance period met the mean average of the annual operating cash flow targets established by the Committee during the period. Subject to the right of the Committee to make adjustments under the plan, LTIP award payouts are determined in accordance with the following:

 

Achievement Level (Average)

   Payout % of
Target Opportunity
 

Less than 90% of mean target

   0 %

At 90% of mean target

   50 %

Each 1% over 90%

   +5 %

At target

   100 %

Each 1% above target

   +10 %

Stock Incentive Plan

Effective as of the closing of the 2004 Acquisition, the Company established the 2004 Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, which permits the granting of non-qualified and incentive stock options and other stock-based awards to employees and directors. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had 423,615 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan, including outstanding options granted to certain executives to purchase 190,615 shares of common stock at a price of $100 per share from the date of the 2004 Acquisition through 2007 and additional outstanding options granted to certain

 

111


Table of Contents

executives to purchase 22,000 shares of common stock at a price of $120 per share in 2008 (“2008 Options”). In each case, the exercise price was determined by the Company to be fair market value on the date of grant. Options are exercisable for ten years, subject to earlier expiration for reasons such as termination of employment. Shares of Company common stock acquired upon exercise of options under the plan are subject to restrictions on transfer.

Most of the option grants to executives were made upon the closing of the 2004 Acquisition or in the first year thereafter. One-half of the options granted to executives in this initial period vest on a time basis at a rate of 20% per year over five years; the remaining one-half vest over five years on a performance basis at a rate of between 0% and 20% per year, depending on the extent to which established performance targets are reached, with 85% attainment of performance targets being the threshold for any vesting. Performance-based options granted during this period are subject to certain acceleration provisions and, regardless of the achievement of performance targets in any year, may vest in full in the event of a transaction in which the Company’s Sponsors realize an internal rate of return of at least 20% on their investment in the Company, or may vest in full 8 years following the date of grant if the Compensation Committee determines that certain accounting treatment would be required in the absence of such vesting. The same principles apply in the case of options granted after this initial period but before 2008, except that only the last three years of the five-year period are taken into account, and vesting occurs in increments of 33% rather than 20%. With respect to the 2008 Options, two-thirds of the options vest on a time basis at a rate of 50% per year over two years and the remainder vest based on the performance of the Company in 2008. All of the performance-based options vest based on the achievement by the Company of annual Adjusted EBITDA targets. The 2006 annual Adjusted EBITDA target was $257,200,000, the 2007 annual Adjusted EBITDA target was $307,000,000 and the 2008 annual Adjusted EBITDA target was $323,000,000. The Company did not achieve 85% of the 2008 target and therefore no portion of the 2008 tranche of performance-based options vested as of March 31, 2009.

Although the Committee or the Board is authorized to grant options at any time, the Committee or the Board have not granted options on an annual or other regular or prescribed basis. The Committee considers Stock Incentive Plan options to be a key element of executive compensation that directly aligns the interests of the executive leadership team with those of stockholders and emphasizes sustained growth of enterprise value as a performance objective.

Management Stock Purchase Plan

The Company maintains a nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan which allows eligible executives and directors to defer base pay, bonus payments and long-term incentive pay and have it allocated on a pre-tax basis to various investment alternatives and ultimately distributed to the executive at a designated time in the future. In December 2006, a new plan feature referred to as the “Management Stock Purchase Plan” was established which provides participants the opportunity to “purchase” Company stock units with income deferred under the deferred compensation plan at a price based on the fair value of Company common stock determined on a semi-annual basis by the Committee. Purchased stock units are matched by the Company at year-end on a one-for-one basis, subject to an annual aggregate cap for all executives of $1,500,000 worth of matching units or 15,000 matching units, whichever is less. The Committee can increase the cap in any year. If the matching units are over-subscribed in a given year, participants receive a pro rata number of matching units based on the amount of stock units the participant purchased that year through deferrals. Matching units vest ratably over a three-year period, and may vest earlier upon a participant’s death, disability, retirement or termination by the company without cause or by the participant for good reason. Matching units also become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company for participants who are employed with the Company immediately prior to such change in control. Stock units are distributed to participants in the form of actual shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to restrictions on transfer, at a time in the future designated by the participant (though at its sole discretion, the Company may pay purchased units out in cash). A variety of other deemed fixed income and equity investment options are also available under the plan (which mirror the investment options available under the Company’s qualified 401(k) plans), though deferrals allocated to such options are not matched.

 

112


Table of Contents

The timing and form of future payments are specified in the elections submitted by participants with respect to deferrals made for any plan year. Executives may elect to receive payment beginning either at separation from service or at an otherwise specified date (generally at least three years after the year in which the deferrals are made). The form of payment for a given year’s deferral account can be any of the following: (i) single lump sum; (ii) annual installments for five years; (iii) annual installments for ten years; (iv) a specified percentage of the account paid as a lump sum, and the remainder paid in either five annual installments or ten annual installments. In December 2008, the Company permitted participants in the plan to elect to receive, in 2009, a full or partial distribution of 2008 plan year income they had originally elected to defer to a later date subject to the condition that any participant making such an election forfeited any right to a matching contribution by the Company with respect to the amount subject to such election.

The Committee considers the Management Stock Purchase Plan as an important component of its incentive-based compensation program which, like the Stock Incentive Plan, aligns the interests of management with those of stockholders and emphasizes the sustained growth of enterprise value. The Management Stock Purchase Plan is available to a broader group of executives than those who currently hold options under the Stock Incentive Plan.

Retirement Plan Benefits

The Named Executive Officers participate in our qualified defined benefit retirement plan, our qualified defined contribution investment savings plan and our nonqualified supplementary benefit plan. Benefits under these plans provide executives with an income source during their retirement years, and reward executives for long service to the Company. We believe that our retirement plans are generally competitive in the industries in which we compete for executives and assist the Company in attracting and retaining a high caliber executive leadership team.

This section summarizes the terms of the retirement benefits in effect as of the disclosure date, December 31, 2008. However, in response to the continued economic downturn affecting our industry, the Company decided in December 2008 to implement a number of cost-reduction measures that became effective in 2009. These measures included a freeze in future accruals under the Company’s qualified defined benefit retirement plan effective February 1, 2009 and a suspension of fixed matching contributions under the Company’s qualified defined contribution investment savings plan. The Company’s nonqualified supplementary benefit plan continues to accrue benefits but does not “make up” for benefit accruals that are lost due to the changes in the qualified plans described above. The Company intends to conduct an overall retirement program design review during the 2009 calendar year.

Defined Benefit Retirement Plans

The Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Salaried Retirement Plan (“CSA Retirement Plan”) is a defined benefit plan that covers all non-union employees of the Company in the United States, including the Named Executive Officers. The CSA Retirement Plan is funded by Company contributions only. There are two types of benefits under the plan, a cash balance benefit and a final average pay benefit. There are two separate “grandfathered” final average pay formulas in the plan, but only one of those formulas applies for purposes of the Named Executive Officers whose benefits are governed by final average pay provisions, so that formula is described herein. The final average pay benefit was closed effective January 1, 2002 with respect to any participant who was not at least 40 years of age and had at least 15 years of earned service as of that date.

The cash balance portion of the CSA Retirement Plan states benefits in the form of a hypothetical account established for each participant which is increased by two components, a pay credit equal to a stated percentage of his or her compensation (as defined more specifically below under “Determination of Benefits under Plans”) each year, and an earnings credit equal to the interest rate paid on 30-year Treasury bonds times the hypothetical account balance. The final average pay benefit provides benefits stated as an annuity equal to 1.5% times average compensation (the highest five of the last ten years, as further described below in “Determination of Benefits under Plans”) times years of service. This final average pay benefit is payable on an unreduced basis at age 62 or upon attainment of age 55 with 30 years of service.

 

113


Table of Contents

The Company maintains the Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Nonqualified Supplementary Benefit Plan (the “Supplementary Benefit Plan”) for the benefit of certain employees (those who are members of a select group of highly-compensated executive employees, including the Named Executive Officers). The Supplementary Benefit Plan provides for an additional pension benefit that is designed to compensate for any reduced benefits under the CSA Retirement Plan due to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). The Supplementary Benefit Plan is also designed to provide Mr. McElya a final average pay benefit as if he were eligible for the benefits described under “Final Average Pay Design” below. For cash balance participants, the Supplementary Benefit Plan also provides for an enhanced pay credit as further described under the heading “Determination of Benefits Under Plans” below.

Defined Contribution Retirement Plans

The Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Investment Savings Plan (the “CSA Savings Plan”) is a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement savings plan pursuant to which all U.S. non-union employees, including the Named Executive Officers, may contribute the lesser of up to 50% of “Compensation” (which includes the same compensation as that described below under “Cash Balance Design”, except that retention bonuses are excluded) or the limit prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code (though the Company imposes lower deferral percentage limits on highly-compensated employees). The Company matches 40% of employee contributions up to 5% of Compensation, with a maximum matching contribution of 2% of Compensation. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions depending upon annual financial performance. Company matching contributions are 100% vested after the employee has 3 years of service. Employee contributions are always 100% vested.

The Supplementary Benefit Plan also provides for an additional nonqualified employer matching contribution which (1) makes up for any Company contributions to the CSA Savings Plan that were not permitted to be made due to limitations under the Internal Revenue Code and (2) provides a nonqualified employer matching contribution which, when combined with the qualified savings plan match, provides for a total employer matching contribution of 6% of Compensation (without regard to qualified plan limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code).

Determination of Benefits under Plans

Benefits under the CSA Retirement Plan and the nonqualified defined benefit portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan are governed by either a cash balance design or a final average pay design.

Cash Balance Design

Annual pay credits are added to a participant’s cash balance account at the end of each year, based on the participant’s compensation for the year and the sum of the participant’s age and service as of the beginning of that year. Compensation used as the basis for pay credits (“Compensation”) includes all compensation reported as wages for federal income tax purposes excluding employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation, income attributable to stock options (including income attributable to any disqualifying dispositions thereof), director fees, sales awards, relocation bonuses, signing bonuses, lump-sum severance payments, suggestion system awards, tuition reimbursement, payment upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or in lieu of the exercise of stock options, imputed income (such as, but not limited to, group term life insurance that is reported as taxable income), benefits accruing or payable under nonqualified retirement plans, expatriate income, and other amounts that are either excludable or deductible from income in whole or in part for federal income tax purposes, or that represent payments pursuant to a program of benefits or deferred compensation, whether or not qualified under the Internal Revenue Code. Annual pay credits are provided as follows:

 

Sum of Age and Years of Service

   CSA Retirement Plan
Applicable Percentage*
    Supplementary Benefit Plan
Applicable Percentage**
 

Up to 35

   3.0 %   6.0 %

36 – 50

   4.0 %   8.0 %

51 – 65

   5.5 %   11.0 %

 

114


Table of Contents

Sum of Age and Years of Service

   CSA Retirement Plan
Applicable Percentage*
    Supplementary Benefit Plan
Applicable Percentage**
 

66 – 80

   7.5 %   15.0 %

over 80

   10.0 %   20.0 %

 

* The CSA Retirement Plan provides a pay credit equal to the executive’s Compensation, subject to qualified plan limitations under the Internal Revenue Code, times the percentage listed under the “CSA Retirement Plan Applicable Percentage” heading above.
** The Supplementary Benefit Plan provides a pay credit equal to the difference between (1) the executive’s Compensation, without regard to qualified plan limitations, times the percentage listed under the “Supplementary Benefit Plan Applicable Percentage” heading above, and (2) the pay credit provided under the CSA Retirement Plan.

Annual interest credits are also added to a participant’s cash balance account each year. This credit is calculated by multiplying the cash balance account as of the end of the prior year by an interest rate that is equal to the annual yield statistic for 30-year U.S. Treasury securities for the month of October of the prior year.

Benefits fully vest upon 3 years of service, with no benefits vested for less than 3 years of service. Service is measured based on an elapsed time basis from date of hire.

Normal retirement age is age 65 with 5 years of service. The normal retirement benefit is defined as a monthly life annuity amount that is actuarially equivalent to the cash balance account projected to normal retirement age with interest credits. For participants whose prior final average pay accrued benefits were frozen and converted to an opening account balance at January 1, 2002 when the cash balance design was implemented, an additional amount is added to the normal retirement benefit based on the difference between (i) the frozen age 65 accrued benefit at January 1, 2002 and (ii) a hypothetical age 65 life annuity amount that is actuarially equivalent to the January 1, 2002 opening cash balance account projected to normal retirement age with interest credits only.

Benefits are payable at termination either in the form of a lump sum or an annuity (the default form and time under the nonqualified plan is a lump sum at separation from service). The lump sum is equal to the cash balance account value at the time of distribution (plus an additional amount, if applicable, associated with the procedure described above for those who had an opening account balance established as of January 1, 2002). The immediate annuity payable is the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement annuity benefit as described above, except in the event of early retirement, as described below.

Eligibility for early retirement is satisfied with attainment of either (i) age 62 with 10 years of service, or (ii) age 55 with 15 years of service. To the extent these age and service conditions are satisfied, the annuity form of benefit available is based on reducing the normal retirement benefit by 0.6% per month up to 36 months, and 0.4% for each additional month up to 84 months, by which age at retirement precedes age 65.

The normal form of annuity is a single life annuity for non-married participants and a reduced joint life annuity with a 50% survivor benefit for married participants. Other optional forms are available on a reduced basis as well.

Final Average Pay Design

The following highlights the basic operation of the final average pay design features of the CSA Retirement Plan and the Supplementary Benefit Plan.

The annual retirement benefit, payable as a life annuity at age 65, is equal to 1.5% multiplied by final average pay multiplied by years of service, where final average pay is determined by taking the average of the highest five calendar years of compensation within the last ten calendar years, excluding the year in which termination occurs. Compensation is determined on the same basis as that applicable to the Cash

 

115


Table of Contents

Balance Design, except lump sum severance and signing bonuses are not excluded. Benefits associated with pay in excess of qualified plan limitations are provided by the Supplementary Benefit Plan, and benefits associated with pay up to qualified plan limits are provided by the CSA Retirement Plan.

Benefits fully vest upon 3 years of service, with no benefits vested for less than 3 years of service. Service is measured based on an elapsed time basis from date of hire.

Benefits are payable as an annuity at retirement. The normal form of annuity is a single life annuity for non-married participants or a reduced joint life annuity with a 50% survivor benefit for married participants. Other optional forms are available on a reduced basis as well.

Eligibility for early retirement is satisfied with attainment of either (i) age 62 with 10 years of service, or (ii) age 55 with 15 years of service. The annuity form of benefit available is based on reducing the normal retirement benefit by 0.4% per month by which age at retirement precedes age 62. In addition, there is no reduction in any event if a participant has attained age 55 with 30 years of service.

Termination and Change in Control Benefits

Our Named Executive Officers receive certain benefits under their employment agreements with the Company upon certain termination of employment events, including following a change in control of the Company. These benefits, described in detail under “Terms Applicable to Payments Upon Termination of Employment” below, are intended to ensure that the executive leadership team is able to objectively evaluate potential change in control transactions by addressing the potential personal impact of such transactions on our executives.

Health Benefits

The Company provides its executives with health and welfare benefits under its Health & Well-Being Benefit Plan that is made available generally to its salaried employees. The Health & Well-Being Benefit Plan is a flexible plan which permits participants to choose among various co-pay options and available benefits, including medical, prescription drug, dental, long-term disability and life insurance and other benefits, depending on the needs of the participant and his or her dependents. These benefits help the Company remain competitive in attracting and retaining a high caliber management team.

Perquisites

The Company provides each of its senior executives with a vehicle for business and personal use through the Company’s vehicle lease program or through a vehicle allowance. The Company also reimburses senior executives the cost of tax preparation and financial planning services up to a maximum of $3,000 per year. The Committee regards the level of such perquisites to be modest and of benefit to the Company in attracting and retaining a high caliber management team.

Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

In the review and establishment of the Company’s compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to itself and its executives. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the deductibility of compensation paid to executives in excess of $1,000,000 in a year, other than performance-based compensation meeting certain requirements. The Compensation Committee considers the anticipated tax treatment to the Company of compensation paid to executives; however, there may be instances where the Committee may conclude that it is appropriate to exceed the limitation on deductibility under Section 162(m) to ensure that executive officers are compensated in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s overall compensation philosophy and objectives and which the Committee believes to be in the best interests of the Company.

 

116


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Set forth below is information regarding compensation for services to the Company in all capacities of the following executive officers of the Company (the “Named Executive Officers”) during the year ended December 31, 2008: (i) our Chief Executive Officer; (ii) our Chief Financial Officer; and (iii) the three most highly compensated executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer who were serving as executive officers at December 31, 2008.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

(a)

  Year   Salary     Bonus (4)   Stock
Awards (5)
  Option
Awards (6)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(7)
  Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (8)
  All Other
Compensation
    Total  
  (b)   (c)     (d)   (e)   (f)   (g)   (h)   (i)     (j)  

James S. McElya,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

  2008   $ 950,000 (1)   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 534,098   $ 586,959   $ 183,673 (9)   $ 2,254,730 (22)
  2007   $ 850,000     $ 37,500   $ 284,093   $ 0   $ 1,456,393   $ 588,022   $ 127,282 (10)   $ 3,343,290 (23)
  2006   $ 800,000     $ 50,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 867,630   $ 461,321   $ 103,674 (11)   $ 2,282,625 (24)

Edward Hasler,
Vice Chairman and President, North America

  2008   $ 660,578 (2),(3)   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 504,788   $ 466,978   $ 95,216 (12)   $ 1,727,560 (22)
  2007   $ 500,000     $ 37,500   $ 416,274   $ 243,146   $ 837,652   $ 240,575   $ 63,944 (13)   $ 2,339,091 (23)
  2006   $ 412,404     $ 50,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 474,594   $ 258,420   $ 40,567 (14)   $ 1,235,985 (24)

Allen J. Campbell,
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  2008   $ 440,000     $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 309,386   $ 66,629   $ 71,176 (15)   $ 887,191 (22)
  2007   $ 400,000     $ 37,500   $ 224,267   $ 100,578   $ 561,597   $ 72,013   $ 68,825 (16)   $ 1,464,780 (23)
  2006   $ 347,000     $ 50,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 282,735   $ 57,019   $ 49,588 (17)   $ 786,342 (24)

Larry J. Beard (25),
Vice President Strategic Planning and Business Development

  2008   $ 370,443 (3)   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 309,386   $ 122,610   $ 73,428 (18)   $ 875,867 (22)
  2007   $ 365,000     $ 37,500   $ 210,293   $ 0   $ 533,433   $ 125,665   $ 51,185 (19)   $ 1,323,076 (23)
  2006   $ 350,000     $ 50,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 257,251   $ 54,834   $ 36,096 (20)   $ 748,181 (24)

Keith D. Stephenson
President, International

  2008   $ 385,000     $ 0   $ 0   $ 529,562   $ 0   $ 35,392   $ 37,663 (21)   $ 987,617 (22)

 

(1) Mr. McElya served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board until June 30, 2008 and continued to serve as Chairman of the Board after that date.

 

117


Table of Contents
(2) Mr. Hasler served as President and Chief Operating Officer until June 1, 2008 at an annualized salary of $600,000; he was promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer as of July 1, 2008 at which time his annualized salary was increased to $750,000. On March 26, 2009, he was named Vice Chairman and President, North America.
(3) During portions of November and December of 2008, the Company implemented temporary work-time/vacation programs as a cost-savings measure. The impact of programs is reflected in the base salary figures shown in column (c).
(4) The amount shown in column (d) represents for each Named Executive Officer a special, discretionary bonus awarded by the Board of Directors of the Company in the years indicated. Incentive cash compensation earned during the fiscal year based on pre-established criteria approved by the Compensation Committee under the Company’s annual incentive bonus program and Long Term Incentive Plan is reported in column (g).
(5) The amount shown in column (e) represents the compensation cost associated with Company matching units under the Management Stock Purchase Plan as determined in accordance with FAS 123(R). See Note 17 of the Company’s financial statements for 2008 for the assumptions made in determining FAS 123(R) values. There can be no assurance that the FAS 123(R) value will ever be realized. Description of the Management Stock Purchase Plan is found under Executive Compensation Components.
(6) The amount shown in column (f) represents the compensation costs of stock option awards granted in 2008 for financial reporting purposes under FAS 123(R). See Note 17 of the Company’s financial statements for 2008 for the assumptions made in determining FAS 123(R) values. There can be no assurance that the FAS123(R) value will ever be realized.
(7) The amount shown in column (g) represents: for 2008, the sum of: (i) zero bonus payments for 2008 under the Company’s annual incentive bonus program for all Named Executive Officers, and (ii) payments under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan for the 3-year performance period ending December 31, 2008 of, for Mr. McElya, $534,098; for Mr. Hasler, $504,788; for Mr. Campbell, $309,386; and for Mr. Beard, $309,386; and for 2007, the sum of: (i) bonus payments for 2007 under the Company’s annual incentive bonus program of, for Mr. McElya, $1,052,300; for Mr. Hasler, $495,200; for Mr. Campbell, $321,880; and for Mr. Beard, $293,716; and (ii) payments under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan for the 3-year performance period ending December 31, 2007 of, for Mr. McElya, $404,093; for Mr. Hasler, $342,452; for Mr. Campbell, $239,717; and for Mr. Beard, $239,717; and for 2006, the sum of: (i) bonus payments for 2006 under the Company’s annual incentive bonus program of, for Mr. McElya, $756,522; for Mr. Hasler, $405,151; for Mr. Campbell, $213,292; and for Mr. Beard, $187,808; and (ii) payments under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan for the 2-year performance period ending December 31, 2006 of, for Mr. McElya, $111,108; for Mr. Hasler, $69,443; for Mr. Campbell, $69,443; and for Mr. Beard, $69,443.
(8) The amount shown in column (h) represents for each Named Executive Officer the sum of the aggregate annualized change in the actuarial present value of accumulated benefits under all defined benefit and actuarial pension plans (qualified and non-qualified, including supplemental plans) from the plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the prior completed fiscal year to the plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the covered fiscal year.
(9) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $144,245); the cost of Company-paid personal travel; the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(10)

The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the

 

118


Table of Contents
 

Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $105,250); the cost of Company-paid personal travel; the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.

(11) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $79,171); the cost of a Company-provided apartment; the cost of Company-paid personal travel; the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(12) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $89,584); the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(13) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $60,726); and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(14) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $37,821); and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(15) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $60,040); the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(16) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $43,153); the cost of a Company-provided apartment; the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(17) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $32,419); the cost of a Company-provided apartment; the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(18) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $54,233); a special one-time Company contribution under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(19) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching Company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Investment Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $39,568); the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(20) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $30,111); the cost of Company-paid tax preparation and financial planning services; the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.

 

119


Table of Contents
(21) The amount shown in column (i) represents matching company contributions under the qualified 401(k) CSA Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan (totaling $33,608); the cost of a Company-provided vehicle; and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
(22) The percentages of total compensation in 2008 that were attributable to base salary and total bonus (the amounts identified in columns (d) and (g)) were as follows: Mr. McElya, base salary 42.1%, bonus 23.7%; for Mr. Hasler, base salary 38.2%, bonus 29.2%; for Mr. Campbell, base salary 49.6%, bonus 34.9%; for Mr. Beard, base salary 42.3%, bonus 35.3%; for Mr. Stephenson, base salary 39.0%, bonus 0.0%.
(23) The percentages of total compensation in 2007 that were attributable to base salary and total bonus (the amounts identified in columns (d) and (g)) were as follows: Mr. McElya, base salary 25.4%, bonus 44.7%; for Mr. Hasler, base salary 21.4%, bonus 37.4%; for Mr. Campbell, base salary 27.3%, bonus 40.9%; for Mr. Beard, base salary 27.6%, bonus 43.2%.
(24) The percentages of total compensation in 2006 that were attributable to base salary and total bonus (the amounts identified in columns (d) and (g)) were as follows: Mr. McElya, base salary 35.0%, bonus 40.2%; for Mr. Hasler, base salary 33.4%, bonus 42.4%; for Mr. Campbell, base salary 44.1%, bonus 42.3%; for Mr. Beard, base salary 46.8%, bonus 41.1%.
(25) Mr. Beard retired effective March 31, 2009.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation – Annual Incentive Bonus

For 2008, the Committee established an annual incentive bonus target amount for each member of the executive leadership team based on a percentage of base salary. With respect to the Named Executive Officers, the percentage was 100% for Mr. McElya, 80% for the period from January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008 and 100% for the period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 for Mr. Hasler, and 65% for Messrs. Campbell, Beard, and Stephenson. The annual incentive bonus target amounts are based on the levels of responsibility of the executives and other performance-based factors. Incentive bonus amounts actually paid for 2008 performance are set forth in footnote (7) under column (g) of the above Summary Compensation Table.

 

120


Table of Contents

2008 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

The following table sets forth information regarding plan-based awards made to the Named Executive Officers during 2008 that provide for possible future payouts.

 

          Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
  

All Other Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of Stock
or Units (#) (3)

(i)

  

All Other
Option Awards;
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (4)

(j)

  

Exercise or Base
Price of Option
Awards ($/sh)

(k)

  

Grant Date
Fair value of
Stock and
Option
Awards

($/sh) (5)

(l)

Name

(a)

   Grant Date
(b)
   Threshold
(c)
   Target
(d)
   Maximum (2)
(e)
           

James S. McElya

   1/1/2008    $ 175,000    $ 350,000    Not applicable    —      —        —        —  

Edward A. Hasler

   1/1/2008    $ 175,000    $ 350,000    Not applicable    —      —        —        —  

Allen J. Campbell

   1/1/2008    $ 100,000    $ 200,000    Not applicable    —      —        —        —  

Larry J. Beard

   1/1/2008    $ 100,000    $ 200,000    Not applicable    —      —        —        —  

Keith D. Stephenson

   1/1/2008    $ 100,000    $ 200,000    Not applicable    —      —        —        —  
   3/20/2008             —      12,500    $ 120    $ 529,562

 

(1) The non-equity incentive plan awards represent 2008 awards granted by the Compensation Committee to the Named Executive Officers under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan based on the achievement of operating cash flow objectives in the performance period beginning January 1, 2008 and ending December 31, 2010 (“2008 LTIP Awards”). 2008 LTIP Awards are payable in the first quarter of 2011, depending on the level of achievement of established targets and the approval of the Compensation Committee. The determination of award amounts under the Long Term Incentive Plan is described under “Long-Term Incentive Compensation” under the Executive Compensation Components section. The amounts set forth in footnote (7) under column (g) of the Summary Compensation Table do not pertain to the 2008 LTIP Awards; they reflect payments under a 2006 LTIP award granted by the Compensation Committee under the Long Term Incentive Plan based on the performance period beginning January 1, 2006 and ending December 31, 2008.
(2) The 2008 LTIP does not provide for a maximum payout; the amount of the payout increases by 10% for each 1% increase in the actual level of achievement above the target level.
(3) Represents matching stock units awarded under the Management Stock Purchase Plan on December 31, 2008. See Management Stock Purchase Plan under the Executive Compensation Components section for more information about the determination of awards under this plan. None of the NEOs received matching stock units in 2008.
(4) The amounts shown in column (j) represent stock option awards granted March 20, 2008 under the 2004 Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.
(5) See Note 17 of the Company’s financial statements for 2008 for the assumptions made in determining FAS 123(R) values.

 

121


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2008 FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding stock option awards and stock units under the Management Stock Purchase Plan held by the Named Executive Officers at December 31, 2008, including the number of shares underlying both exercisable and unexercisable portions of each stock option as well as the exercise price and expiration date of each outstanding option.

 

     Option Awards(1)    Stock Awards

Name (a)

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (2)

(b)
   Equity Incentive Plan
Awards Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised Unearned
Options (#) (3)

(d)
   Option
Exercise
Price

(e)
   Option
Expiration
Date (4)

(f)
   Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
that have not
vested (#)

(g)
    Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock that have
not vested (10)

(h)

James S. McElya

   29,956    14,767    $ 100    12/23/2014    1,578 (5)   $ 78,900

Edward A. Hasler

   16,476    8,125    $ 100    12/23/2014    2,313 (6)   $ 115,650
   2,906    2,493    $ 100    3/15/2017     

Allen J. Campbell

   14,979    7,383    $ 100    12/23/2014    1,246 (7)   $ 62,300
   1,203    1,033    $ 100    3/15/2017     

Larry J. Beard

   16,477    8,121    $ 100    12/23/2014    1,168 (8)   $ 58,400

Keith D. Stephenson

   4,167    8,333    $ 120    3/20/2018    943 (9)   $ 47,150

 

(1) All of the amounts presented in this portion of the table relate to options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock granted to the Named Executive Officers under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan. Options listed above with an Option Expiration Date of December 23, 2014 were granted on December 23, 2004, those with an Option Expiration Date of March 15, 2017 were granted on March 15, 2007, and those with an Option Expiration Date of March 20, 2018 were granted on March 20, 2008.
(2) Represents time-based options and performance-based options which have vested and were exercisable as of December 31, 2008 with respect to the following number of shares of the Company’s common stock: for Mr. McElya, 17,890 shares time-based and 12,066 shares performance-based; for Mr. Hasler, 11,640 shares time-based and 7,743 shares performance-based; for Mr. Campbell, 9,690 shares time-based and 6,492 shares performance-based; for Mr. Beard, 9,840 shares time-based and 6,637 shares performance-based; for Mr. Stephenson, 4,167 shares time-based and 0 shares performance-based.
(3) Represents outstanding time-based options and performance-based options which have not been earned or vested and were unexercisable as of December 31, 2008 with respect to the following number of shares of the Company’s common stock: for Mr. McElya, 4,472 shares time-based and 10,295 shares performance-based; for Mr. Hasler, 3,360 shares time-based and 7,257 shares performance-based; for Mr. Campbell, 2,609 shares time-based and 5,807 shares performance-based; for Mr. Beard, 2,459 shares time-based and 5,662 shares performance-based; for Mr. Stephenson, 4,166 shares time-based and 4,167 shares performance-based.

 

122


Table of Contents
(4) Options expire on the earliest to occur of: (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) the first anniversary of the date of the optionee’s termination of employment due to death, disability, retirement at normal retirement age or the sale by the Company (not constituting a change of control) of the business in which the optionee was employed; (iii) 90 days following the date of the optionee’s termination of employment without cause (or for reasons other than those described in (ii)); or (iv) on the date of the optionee’s termination of Employment for cause.
(5) Represents 1,578 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that had not yet become vested as of December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(6) Represents 2,313 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that had not yet become vested as of December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(7) Represents 1,246 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that had not yet become vested as of December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(8) Represents 1,168 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that had not yet become vested as of December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(9) Represents 943 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that had not yet become vested as of December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(10) The values in column (h) equal the total number of matching stock units listed in column (g) for each Named Executive Officer multiplied by the value of Company common stock as of December 31, 2008, which was $50.

 

123


Table of Contents

2008 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock-based awards that vested during 2008 for our Named Executive Officers. No stock options were exercised by our Named Executive Officers in 2008.

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name (a)

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)

(b)
   Value
Realized on
Exercise ($)

(c)
   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)

(d)
    Value Realized on
Vesting ($) (6)

(e)

James S. McElya

   —      —      789 (1)   $ 39,450

Edward A. Hasler

   —      —      1,156 (2)   $ 57,800

Allen J. Campbell

   —      —      623 (3)   $ 31,150

Larry J. Beard

   —      —      584 (4)   $ 29,200

Keith D. Stephenson

   —      —      471 (5)   $ 23,550

 

(1) Represents 789 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that became vested on December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(2) Represents 1,156 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that became vested on December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(3) Represents 623 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that became vested on December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(4) Represents 584 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that became vested on December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(5) Represents 471 stock units which is the portion of the units granted on December 31, 2007 through the Company match under the Management Stock Purchase Plan that became vested on December 31, 2008. These matching units vest ratably over a three year period. Description of Management Stock Purchase Plan is found in Executive Compensation Components.
(6) The values in column (e) equal the total number of matching stock units listed in column (d) for each Named Executive Officer multiplied by the value of Company common stock as of December 31, 2008, which was $50.

 

124


Table of Contents

2008 PENSION BENEFITS

The following table sets forth the actuarial present value of each Named Executive Officer’s accumulated benefit under the CSA Retirement Plan and the non-qualified defined benefit portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan as described in “Retirement Plan Benefits” under the Executive Compensation Components section, assuming benefits are paid at normal retirement age or the earliest retirement age at which participants receive unreduced benefits, based on current levels of compensation. The table also shows the number of years of credited service under each plan, computed as of the same pension plan measurement date used in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Name

(a)

  

Plan Name

(b)

   Number of Years
Credited Service (#)

(c)
    Present Value
of Accumulated
Benefit (1) ($)
(d)
   Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year ($)
(e)

James S. McElya

   CSA Retirement Plan (2) Supplementary Benefit Plan (3)    8.92
12.92
 
(4)
  $
$
102,910
2,414,503
   $
$
0
0

Edward A. Hasler

   CSA Retirement Plan (5) Supplementary Benefit Plan (5)    22.00
22.00
 
 
  $
$
626,769
1,141,169
   $
$
0
0

Allen J. Campbell

   CSA Retirement Plan (2) Supplementary Benefit Plan (6)    10.25
10.25
 
 
  $
$
112,871
238,296
   $
$
0
0

Larry J. Beard

   CSA Retirement Plan (2) Supplementary Benefit Plan (6)    8.92
8.92
 
 
  $
$
99,281
307,891
   $
$
0
0

Keith D. Stephenson

   CSA Retirement Plan (2)(7) Supplementary Benefit Plan (6)(7)    1.50
1.50
 
 
  $
$
14,065
28,818
   $
$
0
0

 

(1) Present values determined using a December 31, 2008 measurement date and reflect benefits accrued based on service and pay earned through such date. Figures are determined based on post-commencement valuation mortality (UP 1994 table) and commencement of benefits at age 65, except for Mr. McElya and Mr. Hasler, who were assumed to retire at age 62 because they are eligible for unreduced benefits at that age as discussed in footnotes (3) and (5) below. The assumed discount rate as of the measurement date is 6.35%.
(2) Messrs. McElya, Campbell, Beard, and Stephenson are covered under the cash balance design for purposes of the qualified CSA Retirement Plan.
(3) Mr. McElya receives two types of defined benefits under the Supplementary Benefit Plan. He receives a non-qualified cash balance benefit determined under usual terms. In addition, he receives a benefit determined under the final average pay design, offset by the annuity-equivalent of his qualified and nonqualified cash balance benefits. Because the final average pay design includes an unreduced feature upon attainment of age 62 and 10 years of service, which the executive would be eligible for, he was assumed to retire at age 62.
(4) Mr. McElya is granted four years of additional service in the Supplementary Benefit Plan to compensate for lost (non-vested) benefits accrued with his previous employer prior to joining the Company in January 2000.

 

125


Table of Contents
(5) Mr. Hasler is covered under the final average pay design for both the qualified CSA Retirement Plan and the non-qualified Supplementary Benefit Plan. Because the final average pay design includes an unreduced feature upon attainment of age 62 and 10 years of service, which the executive would be eligible for, he was assumed to retire at age 62.
(6) Messrs. Campbell, Beard, and Stephenson are covered under the cash balance design for purposes of the non-qualified Supplementary Benefit Plan.
(7) Mr. Stephenson has not met the 3-year vesting requirement.

2008 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth annual executive and company contributions under non-qualified deferred compensation provisions of the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the non-qualified defined contribution portion of the Supplementary Benefit Plan, as well each Named Executive Officer’s withdrawals, earnings and fiscal-year end balances in those plans.

 

Name (a)

   Executive
Contribution in

Last FY (1)
(b)
   Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY (2)

(c)
   Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY

(d)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
(e)
   Aggregate
Balance at

Last FYI
(f)

James S. McElya

   $ 0    $ 139,645    $ (946,084 )   $ 0    $ 1,825,603

Edward A. Hasler

   $ 0    $ 85,294    $ (479,688 )   $ 0    $ 571,475

Allen J. Campbell

   $ 0    $ 55,440    $ (298,255 )   $ 0    $ 321,998

Larry J. Beard

   $ 92,611    $ 57,587    $ (360,495 )   $ 0    $ 692,596

Keith D. Stephenson

   $ 0    $ 29,008    $ (197,334 )   $ 0    $ 170,970

 

(1) Amounts represent deferrals under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan related to base salary for 2008 for Mr. Beard.
(2) Amounts are included in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table and represent nonqualified Company matching contributions under the Supplementary Benefit Plan as well as a special one-time employer cash contribution under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Mr. Beard of $7,955. The Company match under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is made in stock units under the Management Stock Purchase Plan feature, which is more fully described in the Executive Compensation Components section.

 

126


Table of Contents

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL

The Named Executive Officers have entered into employment agreements with the Company which provide for certain benefits upon termination of employment, including termination following a change in control as defined in the Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Change of Control Severance Pay Plan (the “Change in Control Plan”). The table below shows estimates of the value of compensation that would be payable to each Named Executive Officer upon termination of employment with the Company under certain circumstances. As indicated in the table, compensation upon termination of employment varies depending on the circumstances of the termination and whether or not it occurred following a change in control. Amounts presented in the table are calculated as if the employment of the executive terminated effective December 31, 2008. Payments due to any one of the Named Executive Officers upon actual termination of employment can only be determined at the time of termination. There can be no assurance that an actual termination or change in control would produce the same or similar results as those described below if it were to occur on any other date and if the actual circumstances at the time of termination.

Amounts accrued under the normal terms of our pension and deferred compensation plans are not included in this table. Information concerning pension benefits and deferred compensation disclosures is presented under “Pension Benefits”, beginning on page 125, and “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”, beginning on page 126, respectively. Similarly, information concerning vested equity awards is not included in the table, and is presented under “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End”, beginning on page 122.

 

127


Table of Contents

Name

   Severance
Payment (1)
   Pension
Enhancement (2)
   Health/Life (3)    Outplacement
Services (4)
   Accelerated
Vesting of
Equity Awards (5)
   Gross Up (6)   

Totals

James S. McElya

                    

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, After Change in Control    $ 7,003,256    $ 2,038,314    $ 290,000    $ 50,000    —      $ 3,421,227    $12,802,797

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, with no Change in Control    $ 6,053,256    $ 2,081,252    $ 290,000    $ 50,000    —        N/A    $8,474,508

•   

  Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason      —        —        —        —      —        N/A    —  

•   

  Termination due to Death    $ 7,350,107    $ 2,491,909    $ 153,269      —      —        N/A    $9,995,285

•   

  Termination due to Disability    $ 7,350,107    $ 2,491,909    $ 290,000      —      —        N/A    $10,132,016

Edward A. Hasler

                    

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason,    $ 3,703,256    $ 1,476,092    $ 491,748    $ 50,000    —      $ 2,413,181    $8,134,277

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, with no Change in Control    $ 2,300,000    $ 1,476,092    $ 41,686      —      —        N/A    $3,817,778

•   

  Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason      —        —        —        —      —        N/A    —  

•   

  Termination due to Death    $ 653,256      —        —        —      —        N/A    $653,256

•   

  Termination due to Disability    $ 653,256      —        —        —      —        N/A    $653,256

Allen J. Campbell

                    

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, After Change in Control    $ 2,213,289    $ 104,966    $ 447,420    $ 50,000    —      $ 1,064,187    $3,879,862

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, with no Change in Control    $ 1,400,000    $ 104,966    $ 30,135      —      —        N/A    $1,535,101

•   

  Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason      —        —        —        —      —        N/A    —  

•   

  Termination due to Death    $ 373,289      —        —        —      —        N/A    $373,289

•   

  Termination due to Disability    $ 373,289      —        —        —      —        N/A    $373,289

Larry J. Beard

                    

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, After Change in Control    $ 1,972,789    $ 147,359    $ 295,967    $ 50,000    —      $ 857,059    $3,323,174

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, with no Change in Control    $ 1,224,500    $ 147,359    $ 34,278      —      —        N/A    $1,406,137

•   

  Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason      —        —        —        —      —        N/A    —  

•   

  Termination due to Death    $ 373,289      —        —        —      —        N/A    $373,289

•   

  Termination due to Disability    $ 373,289      —        —        —      —        N/A    $373,289

Keith D. Stephenson

                    

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, After Change in Control    $ 1,494,248    $ 14,399    $ 429,561    $ 50,000    —      $ 800,674    $2,788,882

•   

  Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, with no Change in Control    $ 1,031,781    $ 14,399    $ 19,880      —      —        N/A    $1,066,060

•   

  Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason      —        —        —        —      —        N/A    —  

•   

  Termination due to Death    $ 77,467      —        —        —      —        N/A    $77,467

•   

  Termination due to Disability    $ 77,467      —        —        —      —        N/A    $77,467

 

128


Table of Contents

 

(1) Cash severance is generally paid in a lump sum at termination. Cash severance amounts estimated above are based on providing executives with prorated outstanding incentive awards and a multiple of the sum of (i) their annual base rate of salary at date of termination plus (ii) their target annual bonus for the year prior to termination, with such multiple equal to three (3) for Mr. McElya and two (2) for Messrs. Hasler, Campbell, Beard, and Stephenson. If the termination occurs following a change of control, each Named Executive officer’s cash severance is increased by one additional year’s base salary. Further description of the terms applicable to cash severance payments is included under “Terms Applicable to Payments Upon Termination of Employment” beginning on page 130.
(2) The pension enhancement provides for payment of the present value of the additional accrued benefit that would otherwise be due from the Company’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans had the executive continued in active service for a specified number of years beyond termination, with such number of years equal to three (3) for Mr. McElya and two (2) for Messrs. Hasler, Campbell, Beard, and Stephenson. Pension-eligible earnings to be used for these calculations depend on the circumstances of the termination, described under “Terms Applicable to Payments Upon Termination of Employment” beginning on page 130.
(3) Health and life insurance benefits are continued for the Named Executive Officers and their covered dependents after termination of employment under certain circumstances. In such cases, the commitment is generally to provide for coverage for these benefits in a manner such that (i) benefits provided are substantially similar to those at termination and (ii) recipients of such benefits will not pay higher share of cost for such benefits than had been required prior to termination of employment based on elections in place at that time. Further description of the terms applicable to health and life insurance benefits is included under “Terms Applicable to Payments Upon Termination of Employment,” beginning on page 130.
(4) Under Mr. McElya’s employment agreement, payment of the cost of outplacement services is provided in an amount up to 15% of his annual base salary at the time of termination, and for purposes of the computations above, actual reimbursement was assumed not to exceed $50,000. In addition, outplacement services were assumed not to be utilized in the death and disability scenarios for Mr. McElya. Upon termination without cause (or resignation for good reason) after a change of control, all Named Executive officers are entitled to payment of the cost of outplacement services in an amount equal to the lesser of 15% of annual base salary at the time of termination, or $50,000.
(5) Represents effect of accelerated vesting related to time-based and performance-based stock options. In the event of a change in control, outstanding and unvested time-based stock options become fully vested and exercisable, and 20% to 100% of outstanding and unvested performance-based options for the tranche applicable to the year in which the change in control occurs (and the tranche(s) applicable to future years) shall vest to the extent that cumulative consolidated EBITDA performance from the 2004 calendar year through the most recent fiscal year-end meets or exceeds 85% of cumulative performance targets for the same period (where vesting occurs on a straight-line basis between 20% and 100% depending on achievement of the performance targets between 85% and 100%).
(6) Upon a change of control of the Company each executive may be subject to certain excise taxes pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. Pursuant to the executive’s employment agreement and/or the Severance Plan, the Company has agreed to reimburse the executive for all excise taxes that are imposed on the executive pursuant to Section 280G and any income and excise taxes that are payable by the executive as a result of this reimbursement. These amounts assume that no amounts will be discounted as attributable to reasonable compensation and no value will be attributed to the non-competition covenants included in the agreement. Amounts will be discounted to the extent the Company can demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the non-competition covenants included in the agreement substantially constrains the executive’s ability to perform services and there is a reasonable likelihood that the non-competition covenants will be enforced against the individual.

 

129


Table of Contents

Terms Applicable to Payments Upon Termination of Employment

The Company has in effect employment agreements with each of the Named Executive Officers which provide severance pay and benefits in the event of the executive’s termination of employment for specified reasons prior to a change of control of the Company, and a Change of Control Severance Pay Plan that provides severance pay and benefits if the executive is terminated following a change of control.

Mr. McElya’s Employment Agreement

On March 26, 2009, Mr. McElya’s existing employment agreement with the Company was amended and restated, primarily to document that Mr. McElya was again serving as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in addition to serving as the Company’s Chairman. The material provisions of Mr. McElya’s previous employment agreement, entered into in December 2007, remained unchanged. Mr. McElya’s employment agreement provides him with special retirement termination benefits in the event that he terminates employment as Chief Executive Officer with at least 90 days prior written notice and agrees to continue providing services to the Company as non-executive Chairman of the Board for a period to be mutually agreed (a “qualified retirement”). The special retirement benefits correspond to the amounts and benefits that would otherwise be payable to Mr. McElya in connection with an involuntary termination of his employment without “cause”, or in connection with a voluntary termination of his employment for “good reason”, as such terms are defined in the employment agreement. Mr. McElya’s employment agreement also provides that, following a qualified retirement as described above, Mr. McElya’s stock options with Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) will continue to vest as if he remained employed for so long as Mr. McElya continues to serve as non-executive Chairman, and his vested options upon termination as Chairman will remain exercisable until two years following the date of his termination as Chairman (or until the normal option term expiration date, if sooner).

In December 2007, Mr. McElya also entered into a put option agreement with Holdings and certain stockholders of Holdings related to the 20,000 shares of Holdings’ common stock that Mr. McElya purchased on December 23, 2004 (the “Purchased Shares”). Under the terms of the put option agreement, in the event of Mr. McElya’s qualified retirement as described above, or termination of employment due to death or disability, in each case, prior to the occurrence of a qualified initial public offering of Holdings’ common stock, Mr. McElya will have the right to require Holdings to purchase his Purchased Shares for fair market value. Mr. McElya’s put right under the put option agreement is generally exercisable within 180 days following the date of his termination as non-executive Chairman of the Company or termination due to death or disability.

The current term of Mr. McElya’s employment agreement ends December 31, 2009 but will be automatically extended for one year periods thereafter unless either the Company or Mr. McElya provides a notice of termination by September 30 of a given year. The agreement provides Mr. McElya with an annual base salary (currently $950,000), which is to be reviewed by the Board each year. The Board may increase, but not decrease, the base salary. The agreement also provides Mr. McElya with an annual bonus opportunity based on a percentage of his base salary (currently 100%) as well as participation in the Company’s benefit plans and long-term incentive plans and programs. Effective January 2009, Mr. McElya and the other members of the Company’s senior leadership team, consented to a 10% reduction in base salary for a six month period, subject to extension, and waived eligibility under the annual bonus plan for a bonus with respect to the first half of 2009. In addition, Mr. McElya consented to the freezing of certain retirement and savings plan benefits.

If Mr. McElya terminates employment for “Good Reason”, or the Company terminates Mr. McElya’s employment without “Cause”, as those terms are defined in the agreement and described below, and in each case prior to a change of control of the Company, then the Company will pay or provide to Mr. McElya: (i) his accrued but unpaid salary, annual and long-term incentive compensation amounts; (ii) a pro rata payment of any target annual and long-term incentive compensation amounts for which the performance periods have not ended; (iii) the greater of a lump sum payment equal to three times his current

 

130


Table of Contents

annual base salary plus his annual target bonus amount (for the year preceding the year of his termination) or a sum equal to the biweekly payments that Mr. McElya would have received if he were paid at the rate of his average compensation for the remainder of the term; (iv) a lump sum payment equal to the value of three additional years of service credit under the Company’s qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans, assuming his compensation under such plans for the three year period was the highest compensation paid to him during any of the five calendar years preceding the year in which his termination of employment occurs (not impacted by the Company’s freezing of accruals under the qualified defined benefit retirement plan); (v) three years of continued coverage under the life, accident and health plans sponsored by the Company and in which Mr. McElya was covered immediately prior to his termination; (vi) medical and life insurance coverage for Mr. McElya and his spouse for their lifetimes, and for his dependent children until they cease to qualify as dependents; and (vii) outplacement services for up to two calendar years following the year of termination, not to exceed a cost equal to 15% of his annual base pay. The lump sum amounts described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence are payable six months following the date of Mr. McElya’s termination of employment. If, during the first 36 months of life, medical and accident benefit continuation, the Company is unable to provide what are otherwise intended to be non-taxable benefits to Mr. McElya and his covered family members on a tax-free basis, then the Company will make an additional payment to Mr. McElya to reimburse him for the taxes due on such benefits.

Termination for “Cause” under Mr. McElya’s employment agreement means termination for any of the following reasons: (i) any act or omission constituting a material breach by him of any of his significant obligations under the agreement or his continued failure or refusal to adequately perform the duties reasonably required of him which is materially injurious to the Company and his failure to correct such breach, failure or refusal within thirty (30) days of notice to him thereof by the Company’s board of directors; (ii) the conviction for a felony or the conviction for or finding by civil verdict of the commission by him of a dishonest act or common law fraud against the Company; or (iii) any other willful act or omission which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company and his failure to correct such act or omission after notification by the Board of any such act or omission.

Termination by Mr. McElya for “Good Reason” under his employment agreement means termination following the occurrence of any of the following, without Mr. McElya’s express, prior written consent: (i) a material breach by the Company of its obligations under the agreement relating to Mr. McElya’s duties, compensation and benefits, including but not limited to, the assignment to him of any duties materially inconsistent with his status as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or his removal from such position, or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of his responsibilities except, in each case, in connection with a promotion, and the failure of the Company to remedy such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such breach from Mr. McElya; (ii) the relocation of Mr. McElya’s work location 150 miles or more from its current location, except for relocation to the Company’s headquarters and required travel on the Company’s business to an extent reasonably required to perform his duties; (iii) except as required by law, the failure by the Company to provide Mr. McElya with benefit plans that provide health, life, disability, retirement and fringe benefits that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to the level of such benefits provided him by Cooper Tire immediately prior to the 2004 Acquisition other than in connection with a reduction in such level of benefits that applies to other senior executives of the Company; (iv) the failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under the employment agreement and provide Mr. McElya with the same or a comparable position, duties, benefits, and base salary and incentive compensation as provided in the employment agreement; or (v) the failure of the board of directors to elect Mr. McElya to his existing position or an equivalent position.

If Mr. McElya terminates employment as a result of death or disability, then the Company will pay or provide to Mr. McElya or Mr. McElya’s beneficiaries, estate or family, as applicable, the amounts and considerations Mr. McElya would have been entitled to as if Mr. McElya’s employment had been terminated by Mr. McElya for Good Reason or by the Company without Cause immediately prior to the expiration of the current term of employment.

 

131


Table of Contents

If Mr. McElya is terminated by the Company for Cause, Mr. McElya will be entitled to base pay and vested benefits under any plan in accordance with that plan and a pro rata portion of any incentive compensation for the year in which the termination occurs up to the date of termination.

Had Mr. McElya voluntarily elected to retire on or before December 31, 2007, Mr. McElya would have been entitled to such amounts as if he had been terminated by the Company for Cause. If Mr. McElya voluntarily elects to retire after January 1, 2008 and agrees to act as the Company’s non-executive Chairman of the Board for a mutually agreed upon term, then Mr. McElya will be entitled to the amounts and considerations Mr. McElya would have been entitled to if Mr. McElya’s employment had been terminated by Mr. McElya for Good Reason or by the Company without Cause immediately prior to the expiration of the current term of employment.

If the Company elects not to extend Mr. McElya’s employment agreement for any year after expiration of the initial term, then Mr. McElya will be treated as if he terminated employment for good reason or the Company terminated without cause and entitled to the severance pay and other benefits described above, except that such pay and benefits will not be paid until his actual termination of employment which shall be deemed effective December 31 of the year in which the Company gave notice.

The agreement also provides that if any payment or the amount of benefits due under the agreement or otherwise would be considered an excess parachute payment that subjects Mr. McElya to excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 4999, then the Company will make an additional “gross-up” payment to Mr. McElya to reimburse him for such taxes (and any taxes due on the gross-up payment).

In exchange for the benefits provided under the agreement, Mr. McElya agrees not to compete with the Company for a two-year period after his termination of employment, not to solicit or interfere with any Company employee or customer, and not to disclose confidential and proprietary Company information. Mr. McElya is also required to execute a release of all claims against the Company as a condition to receiving the severance payment and benefits, if applicable.

Employment Agreements of Other Named Executive Officers

The Company has in effect employment agreements with the other Named Executive Officers, which are substantially similar to Mr. McElya’s employment agreement except as described below. Each agreement has an initial term ending December 31, 2009 and continues for one year periods thereafter, unless the Company or Named Executive Officer provides a notice of termination at least 60 days prior to the end of any term. Under the agreements, each Named Executive Officer is paid an annual base salary, currently as follows: $750,000 for Mr. Hasler; $440,000 for Mr. Campbell; and $385,000 for Mr. Stephenson. Mr. Beard’s employment with the Company terminated on March 31, 2009. The agreements provide that the Compensation Committee may increase the base salary from time to time, based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer. The agreements also provide that the Named Executive Officers are entitled to participate in such annual and long-term incentive compensation programs and benefit plans and programs as are generally provided to senior executives. In January of 2009, the Named Executive Officers consented to a 10% reduction in their base salaries for a six month period, subject to extension, and waived their eligibility under the annual bonus plan to bonuses with respect to the first half of 2009. In addition, the Named Executive Officers consented to the freezing of certain retirement and savings plan benefits.

If a Named Executive Officer terminates employment for “Good Reason” or the Company terminates the employment of the Named Executive Officer without “Cause”, as those terms are defined in the agreement and described below, and in each case prior to a change of control of the Company, then the Company will pay or provide to the Named Executive Officer: (i) his accrued but unpaid salary, annual and long-term incentive compensation amounts; (ii) a pro rata payment of any annual incentive compensation amounts for which the performance period has not ended; (iii) a lump sum payment equal to two times the executive’s current annual base salary plus his annual target bonus amount (for the year preceding the year of his termination); (iv) a lump sum payment equal to the value of two additional years of service credit under the Company’s qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans, assuming the executive’s compensation under such plans for such period was the same as the compensation paid to him during the

 

132


Table of Contents

year preceding his termination of employment (though additional years of service credit are not provided in relation to the qualified plan for this purpose beyond January 31, 2009 when the company froze the qualified plan); and (v) two years of continued coverage under the life and health plans sponsored by the Company at the same cost to the executive as is being charged to active employees.

Termination for “Cause” under the employment agreements of these executives means termination for any of the following reasons: (i) the executive’s willful failure to perform duties or directives which is not cured following written notice; (ii) the executive’s commission of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) the executive’s willful malfeasance or misconduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company; or (iv) material breach by the executive of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions of the agreement.

Termination by any of these executives for “Good Reason” shall mean termination following any of the following: (i) a substantial diminution in the executive’s position or duties, adverse change in reporting lines, or assignment of duties materially inconsistent with the executive’s position; (ii) any reduction in the executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity; (iii) any reduction in the executive’s long-term cash incentive compensation opportunities, other than reductions generally affecting other senior executives participating in the applicable long-term incentive compensation programs or arrangements; (iv) the failure of the Company to pay the executive any compensation or benefits when due; (v) relocation of the executive’s principal place of work in excess of 50 miles from the executive’s current principal place of work; or (vi) any material breach by the Company of the terms of the Agreement; in each case if the Company fails to cure such event within 10 calendar days after receipt from the executive of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason.

If the Named Executive Officer’s employment terminates due to disability or death, then the Company shall make a pro rata payment of the target amounts payable under any annual and long-term incentive compensation awards then in effect. In the event of any other termination of employment, no amounts are payable under the agreement.

If the Company elects not to extend the Named Executive Officer’s employment agreement for any year after expiration of the initial term, then the Named Executive Officer will be treated as if he were terminated by the Company without Cause and entitled to the severance pay and other benefits described above, except that such pay and benefits will not be paid until his actual termination of employment and if his actual termination occurs between ages 64 and 65, his severance multiplier (if higher than one) is reduced to one, and if after age 65, the executive will not be entitled to any severance payment or other benefits under the agreement.

In exchange for the benefits provided under the agreement, the Named Executive Officers agree not to compete with the Company or solicit or interfere with any Company employee or customer for a two-year period after his termination of employment, and not to disclose confidential and proprietary Company information. Each Named Executive Officer is also required to execute a release of all claims against the Company as a condition to receiving the severance payment and benefits, if applicable.

Change of Control Severance Plan

If the Named Executive Officers are terminated following a change of control of the Company, then in lieu of the severance payments and benefits described above, the executives are entitled to the severance pay and benefits provided under the Company’s Change of Control Severance Pay Plan. Under the plan, if within two years following a “Change of Control” of the Company as defined in the plan and described below, a Named Executive Officer is terminated by the Company (or its successor in the change of control transaction) without “Cause” as defined in the plan and described below, or terminates his employment for certain reasons, then the Company (or its successor) will pay or provide to the Named Executive Officer: (i) an amount equal to one year of his annual base salary; (ii) a pro rata payment of any annual and long-term incentive compensation amounts for which the performance periods have not ended; (iii) a lump sum payment equal to three (for Mr. McElya) and two (for all other Named Executive Officers) times his current annual base salary plus his annual target bonus amount (for the year preceding the year of the change of

 

133


Table of Contents

control); (iv) a lump sum payment equal to the value of three (for Mr. McElya) and two (for all other Named Executive Officers) additional years of service credit under the Company’s qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans, assuming the executive’s compensation under such plans for respective period was the highest compensation paid to the executive during any of the five years preceding the year in which his termination of employment occurs (though additional years of service credit are not provided in relation to the qualified plan for this purpose beyond January 31, 2009 when the Company froze the qualified plan); (v) three years (for Mr. McElya) and two years (for all other Named Executive Officers) of continued coverage under the life and health plans sponsored by the Company and in which the executive was covered immediately prior to his termination; (vi) medical and life insurance coverage for the Named Executive Officer and his spouse for their lifetimes, and for his dependent children until they cease to qualify as dependents, at the same cost as was being charged to the Named Executive Officer immediately prior to the change of control; and (vii) outplacement services for up to two calendar years following the year of termination, not to exceed a cost equal to the lesser of 15% of the Executive’s annual base pay or $50,000. If, during the first 36 months (for Mr. McElya) or 24 months (for all other Named Executive Officers) of life and medical benefit continuation, the Company is unable to provide what are otherwise intended to be non-taxable benefits to the Named Executive Officer and his covered family members on a tax-free basis, then the Company will make an additional payment to the Named Executive Officer to reimburse him for the taxes due on such benefits. In addition, under the Supplementary Benefit Plan (as described in the Executive Compensation Components section), participants receive a lump sum payout of the present value of their accrued benefits under this plan within 60 days after a termination of employment as described in this paragraph.

A “Change of Control” under the plan means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) other than certain permitted entities affiliated with the Company or its Sponsors or (ii) any person or group, other than such permitted entities, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and l3d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of greater than or equal to 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, except where one or more of the Sponsors and/or their respective affiliates, immediately following such merger, consolidation or other transaction, continue to have the ability to designate or elect a majority of the board of directors of the Company (or the board of directors of the resulting entity or its parent company). A transaction or series of transactions that would otherwise not constitute a Change of Control is treated as a Change of Control for purposes of the Named Executive Officer’s entitlements under the plan if clause (i), above, is satisfied in respect of the business or division in which such executive is principally engaged.

Termination for “Cause” under the plan has the same meaning as termination for Cause under Mr. McElya’s employment agreement, described above. The circumstances that constitute reasons under the plan for which a Named Executive Officer may terminate his employment and be entitled to severance benefits as if he was terminated without Cause are as follows: (i) for Messrs. McElya, Hasler, Campbell, Beard and Stephenson, a significant adverse change in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position held by the executive immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction in the executive’s base salary or opportunities for incentive compensation under applicable Company plans and programs, (iii) the termination or denial of the executive’s rights to employee benefits or a reduction in the scope or aggregate value thereof, (iv) any material breach of its obligations under the plan by the Company or any successor or (v) a requirement by the Company that the executive move his principal work location more than 50 miles; in each case other than (v) unless remedied by the Company within ten calendar days following notice from the executive of such circumstances. Under the plan, Mr. McElya may voluntarily terminate his employment for any reason or without reason during the thirty-day period immediately following the date that is six months after a Change of Control has occurred (other than a Change of Control related to an initial public offering) and receive the severance benefits applicable to termination without Cause.

 

134


Table of Contents

The plan also provides that if any payment or the amount of benefits due under the plan or otherwise would be considered an excess parachute payment that subjects the Named Executive Officer to excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 4999, then the Company will make an additional “gross-up” payment to the Named Executive Officer to reimburse him for such taxes (and any taxes due on the gross-up payment).

Finally, the plan provides that if the payment of any money or other benefit due under the plan could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax to a Named Executive Officer under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, such payment or benefit will be deferred or otherwise restructured to avoid such acceleration or additional tax.

If a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated for any other reason, then no amounts are payable under the plan.

In exchange for the benefits provided under the plan, each Named Executive Officer agrees not to compete with the Company and not to solicit or interfere with any Company employee or customer for a two-year period (for all Named Executive Officers) after his termination of employment, and agrees not to disclose confidential and proprietary Company information. Each Named Executive Officer is also required to execute a release of all claims against the Company as a condition to receiving the severance payment and benefits.

 

135


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation received by each of the Company’s non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Name (a)

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
(b)
    Stock Awards
(c)
    Option Awards
(d)
    All Other
Compensation
(g)
    Total
(h)

S.A. Johnson

   $ 124,000 (1)     —         —       $ 25,144 (8)   $ 149,144

Gerald J. Cardinale

     —   (2)     —         —         —         —  

Gary L. Convis

   $ 74,000 (3)     —       $ 84,974 (7)     —       $ 158,974

Jack Daly

     —   (2)     —         —         —         —  

Leo F. Mullin

     —   (2)     —         —         —         —  

James A. Stern

     —   (2)     —         —         —         —  

Stephen A. Van Oss

   $ 38,000 (4)     —       $ 84,974 (7)     —       $ 122,974

Kenneth L. Way

   $ 84,000 (5)   $ 38,675 (6)   $ 42,487 (7)     —       $ 165,162

Michael F. Finley (2)

     —   (2)     —         —         —         —  

 

(1) Represents $115,000 for Mr. Johnson’s annual outside director fee and service during the year as Lead Director, and $9,000 for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors in 2008.
(2) As officers or nominees of the Company’s Sponsors, Messrs. Cardinale, Daly, Finley, Mullin and Stern were not entitled to compensation for serving as a director or member of any committee of the Board of Directors. Mr. Finley resigned from the Board of Directors effective April 30, 2008.
(3) Represents $65,000 for Mr. Convis’ annual outside director fee and $9,000 for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors in 2008.
(4) Represents $32,500 for Mr. Van Oss’ partial year outside director fee, $2,500 for his service as Chairman of the Audit Committee for a portion of 2008 and $3,000 for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors in 2008.
(5) Represents $65,000 for Mr. Way’s annual outside director fee, $10,000 for his service as Chairman of the Audit Committee for a portion of 2008 and Chairman of the Compensation Committee for the remainder of 2008, and $9,000 for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors in 2008.
(6) The amount shown in column (c) represents the compensation costs associated with Company matching stock units allocated under the Management Stock Purchase Plan as determined in accordance with FAS 123(R). See Note 17 of the Company’s financial statements for 2007 for the assumptions made in determining the FAS 123(R) values. There can be no assurance that the FAS 123(R) value will ever be realized. The Management Stock Purchase Plan allows non-executive directors to defer fees under the plan and allocate them to Company stock units that are eligible for matching grants on the same basis as that applicable to executives.
(7) The amount shown in column (d) represents the compensation costs of stock option awards granted in 2008 for financial reporting purposes under FAS 123(R). See Note 17 of the Company’s financial statements for 2008 for the assumptions made in determining FAS 123(R) values. There can be no assurance that the FAS123(R) value will ever be realized.
(8) Represents reimbursement of health care benefit premiums.

Summary of Director Compensation

None of our directors who are officers or nominees of our Sponsors receive any compensation for serving as a director or as a member or chair of a committee of the Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company or officers, nominees or employees of our Sponsors are compensated with an outside director fee in the amount of $65,000 per year and, if they serve as chair of a committee of the Board of Directors, an additional fee of $10,000 per year. Our directors who are not employees of the Company or officers, nominees or employees of our Sponsors also receive $1,500 per meeting of the Board of Directors that such members attend, and are eligible to receive grants of non-qualified and incentive stock options and other stock-based awards under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.

 

136


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company has reviewed and discussed the above Compensation Discussion & Analysis with management and, based on such review and discussion, has recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion & Analysis be included in this annual report.

 

Kenneth L. Way, Chairman
Jack Daly
James A. Stern

 

137


Table of Contents
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table and accompanying footnotes show information regarding the beneficial ownership of the issued and outstanding common stock of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. as of March 24, 2009 by (i) each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the issued and outstanding common stock of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each named executive officer and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Name and beneficial owner

   Number    Percent  

The Cypress Group L.L.C.(1)

   1,715,000    49.3 %

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.(2)

   1,715,000    49.3  

James S. McElya

   20,000    *  

S.A. (Tony) Johnson

   5,000    *  

Kenneth L. Way

   2,500    *  

James A. Stern(3)

   —      —    

Gerald J. Cardinale(4)

   1,715,000    49.3  

Jack Daly

   1,715,000    49.3  

Leo F. Mullin

   1,000    *  

Larry J. Beard

   5,000    *  

Allen J. Campbell

   3,150    *  

Edward A. Hasler

   2,700    *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(5)

   39,350    1.1 %

 

* less than 1%.
(1) Includes 1,624,386 shares of common stock owned by Cypress Merchant Banking Partners II L.P., 71,337 shares of common stock owned by Cypress Merchant Banking II C.V., 15,847 shares of common stock owned by 55th Street Partners II L.P. (collectively, the “Cypress Funds”) and 3,430 shares owned by Cypress Side-by-Side L.L.C. Cypress Associates II L.L.C. is the managing general partner of Cypress Merchant Banking II C.V. and the general partner of Cypress Merchant Banking Partners II L.P. and 55th Street Partners II L.P., and has voting and investment power over the shares held or controlled by each of these funds. Certain executives of The Cypress Group L.L.C., including Messrs. Jeffrey Hughes and James Stern, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the Cypress Funds. Each of such individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Cypress Side-By-Side L.L.C. is a sole member-L.L.C. of which Mr. James A. Stern is the sole member. The business address of these entities is c/o The Cypress Group L.L.C., 65 East 55th Street, New York, New York 10022.
(2)

The number of shares indicated as owned by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“GS Group”) reflects the number of shares of common stock that corresponds to the number of common shares held by investment partnerships (the “GS Funds”), of which affiliates of GS Group are the general partner or managing general partner. GS Group and certain affiliates, including Goldman, Sachs & Co., may be deemed to directly or indirectly own in the aggregate 1,715,000 shares of common stock which are deemed to be beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the GS Funds. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the investment manager for certain of the GS Funds. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is a direct and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of GS Group. GS Group, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the GS Funds share voting power and investment power with certain of their respective affiliates. Shares deemed to be beneficially owned by the GS Funds consist of: (a) GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P. – 970,536 shares, (b) GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P. – 352,656 shares, (c) GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG – 40,565 shares, (d) GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P. – 308,368 shares and (e) Goldman Sachs Direct Investment Fund 2000, L.P. – 42,875 shares. GS Group, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and their affiliates each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned directly

 

138


Table of Contents
 

or indirectly by the GS Funds, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The business address of these entities is c/o GS Capital Partners 2000, 85 Broad St., New York, New York 10004.

(3) Mr. Stern is Chairman of The Cypress Group L.L.C. Mr. Stern may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the Cypress Funds, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Cypress Side-By-Side L.L.C. is a sole member-L.L.C. of which Mr. James A. Stern is the sole member.
(4) Mr. Cardinale is a Managing Director in Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s Principal Investment Area. Mr. Cardinale disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held or controlled by these entities or their affiliates, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(5) Does not include the 1,715,000 shares shown on the table with respect to Mr. Cardinale, which represent the same 1,715,000 shares shown with respect to The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or the 1,715,000 shares shown on the table with respect to Mr. Stern, which represent the same 1,715,000 shares shown with respect to the Cypress Group L.L.C.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Messrs. Johnson, Cardinale, Convis, Daly, Mullin, Stern, Van Oss and Way are “independent” directors as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. McElya, our Chairman, is not an “independent” director within such definition.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services (dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2008

Audit fees (1)

   $ 3,487    $ 3,188

Audit-related fees (2)

     861      245

Tax fees (3)

     1,034      993

 

(1) Audit fees include services rendered in connection with the audit of our annual financial statements, the reviews of the financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, international statutory audits, and assistance with filing of our registration statements.
(2) Audit related fees include services related to the audits of our employee benefit plans and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards, as well as services related to transaction advisory.
(3) Tax fees include services related to tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of services described under the heading “Tax Fees” is compatible with maintaining Ernst & Young LLP’s independence. In light of the nature of work performed and amount of the fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP for those services, the Audit Committee concluded that the provision of such services is compatible with maintaining Ernst & Young LLP’s independence.

The Audit Committee has also adopted procedures for pre-approving all audit and non-audit services provided by Ernst & Young LLP. All of the audit, audit-related, tax, and all other services performed by Ernst & Young LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to its pre-approval policies and procedures as described above.

 

139


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report on Form 10-K:

 

     10-K
Report
page(s)
(1) Financial Statements:   

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants

   52

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   53

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007

   54

Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   55

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   56

Notes to Consolidated financial statements

   57

2. Financial Statement Schedules:

  

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   101

All other financial statement schedules are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

3. The Exhibits listed on the “Index to Exhibits” are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference as indicated below.

 

140


Table of Contents

Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

    3.3**   Certificate of Incorporation of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
    3.4***   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. dated November 12, 2007.
    3.5**   Bylaws of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
    4.1**   Indenture, 7% Senior Notes due 2012, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
    4.2**   Indenture, 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
    4.3***   Supplemental Indenture No. 1, Senior Notes due 2012, dated as of July 11, 2006, between Cooper-Standard Automotive FHS Inc., as Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.
    4.4***   Supplemental Indenture No. 1, Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, dated as of July 11, 2006, between Cooper-Standard Automotive FHS Inc., as Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.
    4.5**   Registration Rights Agreement, 7% Senior Notes due 2012, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
    4.6**   Registration Rights Agreement, 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
    4.7**   Form of 7% Senior Notes due 2012, exchange note Global Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated April 15, 2005).
    4.8**   Form of 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, exchange note Global Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated April 15, 2005).
    4.9**   7% Senior Notes due 2012, Rule 144A Global Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated April 15, 2005).
    4.10**   7% Senior Notes due 2012, Regulation S Global Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated April 15, 2005).

 

141


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

    4.11**   8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, Rule 144A Global Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated April 15, 2005).
    4.12**   8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, Regulation S Global Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated April 15, 2005).
  10.1**   Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Canada Limited, various lending institutions, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., UBS Securities LLC, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.2**   U.S. Security Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., certain subsidiaries of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.3**   U.S. Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., certain subsidiaries of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.4**   U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty, dated as of December 23, 2004, by certain subsidiaries of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. in favor of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.5**   Intercompany Subordination Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., certain subsidiaries of Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.6   First Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2006, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Canada Limited, various lending institutions, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2005).
  10.7   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2007, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Canada Limited, Steffens Beheer BV, various Lender parties, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2007).

 

142


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

  10.8   Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2008, among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., Cooper-Standard Automotive Canada Limited, Cooper-Standard Automotive International Holdings B.V. (f/k/a Steffens Beheer BV), various Lender parties, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2008).
  10.9**   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2004, among Cooper Tire & Rubber Company, Cooper Tyre & Rubber UK Limited and Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.10**   Amendment Number 1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2004, among Cooper Tire & Rubber Company, Cooper Tyre & Rubber UK Limited and Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.11   Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2005, between ITT Industries, Inc. and Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 8, 2005).
  10.12   First Amendment to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 6, 2006 between Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and ITT Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2006).
  10.13   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated and notarized on June 9 and June 10, 2007, by and between Automotive Sealing Systems S.A., Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and CSA Germany GmbH & Co. KG (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 14, 2007).
  10.14**   Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and the Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.15**   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and the Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.16**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Cypress Merchant Banking Partners II L.P., Cypress Merchant Banking II C.V., 55th Street Partners II L.P. and Cypress Side-by-Side LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.17**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. KG, GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P. and Goldman Sachs Direct Investment Fund 2000, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
*10.18****   Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2008, by and among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and James S. McElya.

 

143


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

*10.19***   Executive Put Option Agreement, dated December 19, 2007, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc., Cypress Merchant Banking Partners II L.P., Cypress Merchant Banking II C.V., 55th Street Partners II L.P., Cypress Side-by-Side LLC, GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P. and James S. McElya.
*10.20**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and James S. McElya (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
*10.21****   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2008, by and among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and Edward A. Hasler.
*10.22**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Edward A. Hasler (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
*10.23****   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and Allen J. Campbell.
*10.24**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Allen J. Campbell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
*10.25****   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and among Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. and Keith D. Stephenson.
*10.26**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and S.A. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
*10.27**   Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Kenneth L. Way (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
*10.29   Subscription Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2005, by and among Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Leo F. Mullin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2, 2005).
*10.30****   Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Change of Control Severance Pay Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2008.
*10.31***   2004 Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2007.
*10.32****   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.
*10.33****   Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, Effective January 1, 2005 with Amendments through December 31, 2008.
*10.34   Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Pre-2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, dated April 2, 2007).
*10.35****   Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Nonqualified Supplementary Benefit Plan, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009.
*10.36   Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, dated April 2, 2007).

 

144


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

  10.37**   Letter Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, between Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Cypress Advisors Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.38**   Letter Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, between Cooper-Standard Holdings Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc., the Company and other Registrant Guarantors dated March 31, 2005).
  10.39***   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nishikawa Standard Company LLC, dated as of January 1, 2008.
  21.1****   List of Subsidiaries
  24.1****   Powers of Attorney
  31.1****   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d) (Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).
  31.2****   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d) (Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).
  32.1****   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).
  32.2****   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

 

* Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements
** Refers to the applicable exhibit filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Cooper-Standard Automotive Inc. (File Nos. 333-123708)
*** Incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
**** Filed herewith

 

145


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    COOPER-STANDARD HOLDINGS INC.
Date: March 31, 2009    

/s/ James S. McElya

    James S. McElya
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 31, 2009, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

      

Title

/s/ James S. McElya

     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director
James S. McElya     

/s/ Allen J. Campbell

     Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Allen J. Campbell     

/s/ Helen T. Yantz

     Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
Helen T. Yantz     

/s/ Edward A. Hasler

     Vice Chairman and President, North America, and Director
Edward A. Hasler     

/s/ Gerald J. Cardinale

     Director
Gerald J. Cardinale     

/s/ Gary L. Convis

     Director
Gary L. Convis     

/s/ Jack Daly

     Director
Jack Daly     

/s/ S. A. (Tony) Johnson

     Director
S. A. (Tony) Johnson     

/s/ Leo F. Mullin

     Director
Leo F. Mullin     

/s/ James A. Stern

     Director
James A. Stern     

/s/ Stephen A. Van Oss

     Director
Stephen A. Van Oss     

/s/ Kenneth L. Way

     Director
Kenneth L. Way     

 

146


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT.

No annual report to security holders or proxy material has been sent to the registrant’s security holders.

 

147